Module1 How to learn English
教学容：Unit1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible
二 课型：Listening and speaking
三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组： dictionary grammar letter look up make a mistake understand等
2够听懂讨学英语方法建议话
3够谈学英语问题提出建议
四 教学重难点：
够运单元学词汇句型谈英语学中困难提供建议
五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式听说课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通听录音获取话信息培养学生听力技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程
节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Task 1 Leadin
A English around you
B How do you learn English
Task 2 Free talk
1 Do you like English
2 It is difficult to learn English Do you think so
3 How do you learn English (引出步)
Answer Listening speaking
Writing reading
Talk with the teacher
回想生活实际学中英语学生真正认识英语身边学英语难放松学提高学兴趣通学生回答次领会英语学听说读写四基技
Task 3 New words
T1 To study English what will we learn
We should learn …
T2 Read the instructions and check the ones you understand
S We should learn …
letter
vocabulary
sentence
grammar
writing
掌握英语四技中进步学生词趣图形式配练吸引学生注意力续教学扫词汇障碍
Step Three
While
task(24’)
Task 4 Listening
1 Play the tape and have the Ss to choose the best answer
2 Play the tape again and ask the question Besides reading and speaking what’s Lingling think is also important
Task 5 Listen and read
1 Organize the Ss to read the conversation Write notes about learning English
2 Organize the Ss to read the conversation in groups of three and solve the difficuties
1 Listen and choose the best answer
①We are going to talk about good ways to ______ English
A speak B learn
②We should always _____ English in class
A write B speak
2 Listen and answer Besides()reading and speaking what’s Lingling think is also important
_________________________
1 Read the conversation Write notes about learning English
2 Read the conversation in groups of three and then discuss any difficulty
听英语学中关键部分常规听力练中提高学生听力 掌握话整体意义
听学生听程中加信息输入时问答程中加深话理解
读话旨学生掌握话具体信息通选择检查学生话初步理解程度
Step Four
Posttask
(10’)
Task 6 Give me some advice
1 I feel very cold
2 I don’t know what to eat
What should I do
You should …
Why don’t you…
How about …
It’s a good idea to …
运相关语言知识通口头训练掌握模块提建议表达形式
语言操练程中巩固英语学相关词汇表达方式掌握语言知识
Task 7 Have the Ss to write notes about their English study
speaking
mistakes
vocabulary
listening
reading
translation
读课文时深入理解课文旨学生掌握篇章细节信息
Step Five Summary(2’)
Organization
Sum up the key structures in this unit
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a composition about How to improve our English
七 板书设计：
You should speak English as much as possible
Why don’t you write down the mistakes
How about listening to the English songs
达标训练题
单项选择：
1 Why not _____ off our mobile phones The meeting will start in a minute
A to turn B turning C turn D turned
2 I’ll fly to Kunming for my holiday for holiday this weekend
Wonderful __________
A Not at all B Have a good time C I hope so D With pleasure
3 Would you come back to have dinner with us this evening
I’d love to ______ I have an important meeting
A and B or C so D but
4 Tomorrow is my son’s ______ birthday will you come to the birthday party？
A nine B nineteen C ninth D the ninth
5 Sally could you give me some __________ on learning English
Of course You ＇d better get much listening practice
A advice B news C gifts D ways
6 ________would you like
That ＇s all Thank you
A Else how B What else C How else D Else what
7 How about ________our mistakes in red ink
A to correct B correcting C corrects D correct
8 Peter take your notebook out and ______
A write down it B write down them
C write it down D write they down
9 Let＇ s go swimming
A That＇ s a good idea B I ＇ m sorry to hear that
C Best wishes D Have a good time
10 If you have some trouble why ______you ask help from the police
A not B don’t C do D are
Module1 How to learn English
教学容：Unit 2 You should smile at her
二课型：Reading and writing
三教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：advisebasicconversationimprovenaturalmeaningsuggestshouldask for
2够shouldadvisesuggest等词汇提出建议
3够读懂关英语学方法学建议文章获取细节信息
4通阅读解提高身英语力
四教学重难点：
1够读懂文章阅读中找出相关建议完成务（重点）
2够正确提出建议
五教学准备：PPT课件教学挂图录音机课堂联系表格奖品
六教学程：
教学步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1 Warmingup
Leadin
1Let the Ss enjoy a song and tell what the song is about
2Free talk Have Ss to talk about the problem they have in learning English(Activity 1)
1Enjoy a song and tell what the song is about
2Free talk(Activity 1)
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step2 Prereading
New words learning：Show Ss some pictures and have a free talk between T& Ss teach the new words and expressions
Learn new words and phrases by free talk
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step3 Whilereading
1Scanning
Ask the Ss to scan the passage and find out what it is about
1Scan the passage and find out what it is about
学生带着务(问题)阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果阅读技巧分层阅读文章更知识点课文容理解突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
2Skimming
Ask the Ss to skim the passage
T：How many basic questions are there in the passage？What are they
2Skim the passage and find out the basic questions
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph 2 & 3
①Present Ss some statements and ask them to write T or Falso correct the wrong sentences after reading Paragraph 2&3
②Let the Ss read Paragraph 2&3 in groups of four and then find out the difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（2）Paragraph 4 & 5：
① Choose the best answers
②Let the girls read the Paragraph 4&5 and the boys point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（3）Paragraph 6 & 7：
①Let the Ss read paragraph 6&7 then answer the questions
②Ask a groups of six students to read Paragraph 6&7 and let the other students listen carefully to point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（4）Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph 2 & 3
①Go through the statements and write T or Falso correct the wrong sentences after reading Paragraph 2&3
1 Li Hao can’t learn English by watching films and listening to songs ( )
2 You should guess the meaning of the new words when you watch and listen several times
( )
3 It is good for Li Hao to talk about the films or songs with your friends ( )
②Read Paragraph2&3 in groups of four and then find out the difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
（2）Paragraph 3and 4：
①Choose the best answers
1 Wang Fang should ____ before she starts the conversation with her teacher from US
A shy B smile C shout
2 It is a good way to start a conversation with ______
A Hello How are you
B Do you want to talk to me
C Have you ate？
②Let the girls read the Paragraph 4&5 and the boys point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（3）Paragraph 6&7：
①Let the Ss read paragraph 6&7 then answer the questions
1 Is it natural that Zhang Lei forgets new words
2 What can Zhang Lei do to remember the new words
②A groups of six students to read Paragraph 6&7 and the other students listen carefully to point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
（4）Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
Step4 Postreading
1 Have Ss to complete the passage of Activity 4 and read the passage together
2 Have the Ss to discuss the following questions in groups and write down the information
1Complete the passage of Activity 4
2 Discuss the following questions in groups and write down the information in the form
适量练学生加深课文容理解巩固语言知识点
What do you think of the Language Doctor’s Advice
Which ones do you think are suitable for you
Why
Which one isn’t suitable for you
Why not
Then make report telling their ideas about the Language Doctor’s Advice with the information in the above form
Step5 Summary
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step6 Homework
Have the Ss make some advice of learning English for your class
Finish the homework
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
MODULE 1 How to learn English
Unit 2 You should smile at her
Ask for …
Advise…
Should…
Suggest…
组评价
T1
T2
八达标训练题
句子意思填入恰词
1 Do you know how to _______ my English
2 Try to _____ the meaning of the new words
3 Our school has a _______ teacher
4 _________ to lock the door when you leave the house
5 I enjoy w_______ English films and l_______ to real English songs
二单项选择
1 I like ________ English in the morning
A read B to read C reading D read
2 My friends ask for advice about ___________ their English
A improve B to improve C improving D improved
3 It takes me a long time _________ the TV play
A watch B to watch C watching D watched
4 It’s a good way ________ English
A learn B to learn C learning D learnt
5 Try ____________ these words please
A remember B to remember C remembering D remembered
Module 1 How to learn English
八 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
九 课型：Revision and application
十 教学目标：
1正确运模块词汇：club together start hear等
2掌握果提出建议句型学间进行真实交际
3够根学学情况学中问题困难提出适建议根建议制定学计划
4提高学英语兴趣树立信心培养积极动参种语言实践活动学态度
十 教学重难点：
运学知识学学中问题困难提出适建议根建议制定学计划
十二 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学
节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
十三 教学程：
Teaching steps
Teacher＇s involvement
Student＇s activities
Interactive patterns
1Warmingup
Teacher can talk with the students about how to improve their English
Do the language practice and make sure the students can understand and use the structures in this module
Talk with the teacher
Then do the language practice
学生回顾模块重点句型
2 Whiletask
1 Ask the students to listen to the tape and then do part1 on page6
2 Ask them to listen again and correct their answers
3 Activity 3 Talk about the pictures with the Ss and have them to give Jack some advice
eg Say Look at Picture 1 what does Jack usually do
4 Activity 5 Have the Ss to read Helen’s question and try to give her some advice Collect the Ss’ ideas
5 Activity 7 Have the Ss discuss in small groups How can I improve my reading
Then collect the Ss’ ideas
1Listen to the tape and finish the exercises
2 Share their answers
3 Talk about the pictures and give Jack some advice
He usually goes to bed very late I think his habit isn’t good
He should go to bed before ten o’clock
Then work in pairs discussing the pictures and giving the advice
4 Read Helen’s question and try to give her some advice
Then complete Diana’s answer
5 Discuss in small groups How can I improve my reading Then share the ideas And then complete the conversation in Activity 7 in pairs
训练学生听力技
训练学生表达力巩固表建议语句
练提建议表达方式
训练学生词语搭配力综合运力
3 Posttask
1 Activity 8 Have the Ss to write down what they are not good at Then work in groups giving the advice
2 Have the Ss to make an English study plan using the information in Activity 8
1 Write down what they are not good at Then work in groups giving the advice and write them down
2 Make an English study plan using the information in Activity 8 Then make a report
学生反思学程找出足思考解决办法训练学生综合运英语表达力
4 Summary
Organization
Sum up the key structures in this module
5 Homework
Write a composition about English study plans
Blackboard design
Unit 3 Language in use
1 I want to remember all the words
2 I saw a very good film yesterday
3 I’m going to work hard this year
4 Who is she writing the Email to
达标训练题
单项选择（7分）
1 Speaking English loudly is good _____ improving my English
A at B for C in D of
2 Don ＇t forget __________ your homework John
OK I ＇ ll do it right now
A doing B to do C did D do
3 Can I help you sir
I’d like to have 100 ______ I want my students to draw pictures
A piece of paper B pieces of papers
C pieces of paper D piece of papers
4 We should ______our friends when we meet our friends on the street
A say hello to B say goodbye to
C saying hello to D speak hello to
5 He always practises __________ English so as to improve his oral English
Of course You ＇d better get much listening practice
A speak B speaking C to speak D speaks
6 Let’s discuss the play shall we Would you like
Not now I ________ to an interview
A go B went C was going D am going
7 Your sweater looks smart Where ________you
A do get B didget Cwill get D havegot
二 阅读理解（3分）
People in many countries are learning English Some of them are smallchildren Others are teenagers Many are adults Some learn at school others learn by themselves A few people learn English by hearing the language over the radio on TV or in filmsAs we knowit’s hard to learn a foreign language well One must work hard to learn another languageBecause we can’t use it oftenBut if you have right ways to learn English it’s a piece of cake
Why do all these people want to learn English It is difficult to answer this question Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects required (求) for study They study their own language math and English Some people learn it because it is useful for their work Many people learn English for their higher studies because at colleges or universities some of their books are in English Some people learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English
( )1 Teenagers adults and___________ learn English
A workers B farmers C children D people
( )2 People learn English________
A at schools B over the radio C on TV D not all in the same way
( )3 Different kinds of people learn English ________
A together with other subjects B for different reasons
C for their work D for higher studies at college
Module 2 My home town and my country
教学容：Unit1 It’s taller than many other buildings
二 课型：Listening and speaking
三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：hill wide pretty population million than等
2够听懂讨家乡话
3够掌握句型：It’s a newer city than Hong Kong It will become as busy as Hong Kong Its streets are much wider and cleaner
4较两方学进行轮话
四 教学重难点：
较两方学进行轮话
五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式听说课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通听录音获取话信息培养学生听力技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程
节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Step 1 Leadin
A How was your weekend
B Good
Step 2 Free talk
1 Where is your home town
2 Is it beautiful
Free talk
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step 3 New words
1 Show Ss some pictures and have a free talk between T& Ss teach the new words and expressions
2 Have the Ss to look at the picture compare two cities and talk about them
1 Learn new words and phrases by free talk
2 Look at the picture compare two cities and talk about them
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step Three
While
task(24’)
Step 4 Listening
Play the tape and choose the best answer(Activity 3)
Step 5 Listen and read
1 Play the conversation and get the Ss to repeat
2 Organization
3 Discuss any difficulty that the Ss have
Listen and choose the best answer
①Where did Daming go
A Guangzhou B Shenzhen
②What’s the populartion of Shenzhen
Aless ten million Bover ten million
③Is it a newer city than Hongkong
_________________________
1 Read the conversation after the tape
2 Practice reading the conversation
3 Find out the difficulty and discuss difficulties with Classmates then with the teacher
听英语学中关键部分常规听力练中提高学生听力 掌握话整体意义
读话旨学生掌握话具体信息通选择检查学生话初步理解程度
Step Four
Posttask
(10’)
Step 6Retelling
1 Get the Ss to complete the passage about Shenzhen on page 11
2 Have the Ss to compare Shenzhen with their hometown Write down the notes in Activity 5 Then get them ask and answer in pairs
3 Organization
1 Complete the passage about Shenzhen on page 11 Then share the passage with the class
2 Compare Shenzhen with their hometown Write down the notes in Activity 5 Then ask and answer in pairs Eg A Is Shenzhen bigger than your hometown
B Yes it is
3 Try to introduce the hometown by comparing Shenzhen
运相关语言知识通口头训练掌握模块重句型
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a composition about your home town
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七 板书设计：
MODULE 2 My home town and my country
Unit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings
Shenzhen
A big city
组评价
T1
T2
达标训练题
完形填空 阅读列短文文题四选项中选出佳答案
Do you know anything about the moon The moon is ___1__than the earth but the sun is ___2___ bigger than the earth The moon is __3__ from the earth It’s 380 000 kilometres away On the earth we see that the moon __4___like a cake There is ___5__air（空气） on the moon ___6___there is no living things（生命） there The side（面） of the moon towards（）the sun is very hot while the other side is very ____7__ People can jump__8__ on the moon than on the earth and walk __9___there It takes more than three days to get to the moon __10___spaceship（宇宙飞船）
( )1 A smaller B bigger C shorter D longer
( )2 A very B much C quite D longer
( )3 A near B middle C far D back
( )4 A looks B watches C sees D finds
( )5 A much B some C no D any
( )6 A but B again C then D so
( )7 A hot B cold C warm D light
( )8 A happy B higher C early D different
( )9 A easily B harder C later D early
( )10 A on B by C in D at
Module 2 My home town and my country
教学容：Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England
二课型：Reading and writing
三教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：in the east ofhome townespeciallybe famous fora population ofarealowislandmountaincountrysideuniversity
2读懂关介绍剑桥伦敦英国短文解文章旨找相关细节信息
3掌握形容词较级法
4够学语言介绍家乡
四教学重难点：
1读懂关介绍剑桥伦敦英国短文解文章旨找相关细节信息
2够学语言介绍家乡
五教学准备：PPT课件教学挂图录音机课堂联系表格
六教学程：
教学步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1 Warmingup
Leadin
1Let the Ss enjoy a song and tell what the song is about
2Free talk Have Ss to talk about China
1Enjoy a song and tell what the song is about
2Free talk
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step2 Prereading
1Have Ss to talk about the map of England and learn some new words(Activity 1)
2 New words learning：Show Ss some pictures and have a free talk between T& Ss teach the new words and expressions
1Learn new words (east west north south) by talking about the map of England(Activity 1)
Learn new words and phrases by free talk
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step3 Whilereading
1Scanning
Ask the Ss to scan the passage and find out the places introduced in the passage then choose a title for each picture(Activity 2)
1Scan the passage find out the places introduced in the passage then choose a title for each picture(Activity 2)
学生带着务(问题)阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果阅读技巧分层阅读文章更知识点课文容理解突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
2Skimming
Organize the Ss to skim the passage and complete the table in Activity 3
2Skim the passage and skim the passage and complete the table in Activity 3
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph1
① Choose the best answers
②Let the Ss read Paragraph 1 in groups of four and then find out the difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（2）Paragraph 2：
① Choose T or F correct the wrong sentences
②Let the girls read the Paragraph 2 and the boys point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（3）Paragraph3&4：
①Let the Ss read paragraph 3&4 then answer the questions
②Ask a groups of six students to read Paragraph 3&4 and let the other students listen carefully to point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（4）Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph 2 & 3
① Choose the best answers
4 Cambridge is in the _____ of England
A east Bsouth
C west D north
5 Cambridge is especially famous for ______
A churches B river
C university Dbuilding
3 People enjoy trips along the river _________
A on foot B by plane
C by car D by boat
②Read Paragraph1 in groups of four and then find out the difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
（2）Paragraph 2：
① Choose T or F correct the wrong sentences
3 London has a population about 7500000
2 Cambridge is bigger an busier than London
3 London is 80 kilometres from Cambridge
②Let the girls read the Paragraph 2 and the boys point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（3）Paragraph3&4：
①Let the Ss read paragraph 3&4 then answer the questions
3 What do tourists like in England
4 When is the best time to visit London according to the writer Why
②A groups of six students to read Paragraph 3&4 and the other students listen carefully to point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
（4）Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
Step4 Postreading
1 Have Ss to complete the passage of Activity 4 and read the passage together
2 Have the Ss to retell the passage with the information in Activity 3
3 Have Ss to ask and answer the questions in pairs (Activity 5 )
1Complete the passage of Activity 4
2Try to retell the passage with the information in Activity 3
3 Ask and answer the question in pairs and then write down the answers (Activity 5)
适量练学生加深课文容理解巩固语言知识点
Step5 Summary
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step6 Homework
Have the Ss write a passage about their home town with the information in Activity 5
Finish the homework
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
MODULE 2 My home town and my country
Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England
Cambridge
London
England
组评价
T1
T2
八达标训练题
根单词句子意思填适短语
1 Guilin ______(famous) mountains and rivers
2 She is _______(especial) good at swimming
3 Cambridge has _______(population) about 120000
二单项选择
1 ——Where is Shijiazhuang
——It’s _____ the _____ of China
A in north B in west C on north D on south
2 Sichuan is famous ______ its hot food
A for B as C on D In
3 I enjoy _____ after supper
A walk B walked Cto walk D walking
4 Don’t talk to anyone about the bad news ________ my mother
A hardly B usually C especially D simply
5 Lucy was born blind so she has _______ seen our beautiful world
A often B sometimes C seldom D never
Module 2 My hometown and my country
十四 教学容：Unit3 Language in use
十五 课型：Revision and application
十六 教学目标：
1正确运模块词汇：population million than north south university等
2运形容词较级两者进行较学间进行真实交际
3运学知识学介绍较两场
十七 教学重难点：
运学知识学介绍较两场
十八 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学
节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
十九 教学程：
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1
Leadin
1 Show the word map (Activity 4) on the blackboard and get the Ss to complete it
2 Show the two pictures of Shenzhen and Hong Kong Have the Ss to talk about them with comparative adjectives and the word map on the blackboard And write down some comparative adjectives sentences on the blackboard
3 Get the Ss to compare their hometown with Shenzhen or Hong Kong and talk about the two places
4 Make sure that the Ss understand the sentences on the blackboard
1 Look at the word map and complete it
2 Talk about the two pictures with comparative adjectives and the word map on the blackboard
eg A Is Hong Kong bigger than Shenzhen
B Yes it is
3 Compare their hometown with Shenzhen or Hong Kong and talk about the two places Then introduce their hometown
4 Try to understand the use of the comparative adjectives sentences on the blackboard
巩固模块语言点引导学生交流总结知识点
Step2
Whiletask
1 Activity 1 Get the Ss to complete the sentences
2 Activity 3 Make a sentence as a model with the information in the table
3 Activities 56 Let the Ss to finish them
1 Activity 1 complete the sentences and show the answers
2 Activity 3 Make a sentence as a model with the information in the table with the teacher Then make more sentences and write them down
3 Activities 56 Finish the exercises and then check them with the class
笔头形式进行较级语句训练
Step3
Posttask
1 Organization
1 Compare their hometowns with a place in small groups Write down the information in the following table
运形容词较级两方进行信息记录→描述提高语言实际运力
Shenzhen(or Hong Kong or other cities)
Hometown
Location
How old
Population
Famous places
Special things
2 Organization
2 Compare two cities and talking about them with the information in the above table in groups Then write a passage And then share the passage with the class
Step5
Summary 较级较两体组成句子方式形容词副词变成较级形态形容词副词前加more加缀er
总结纳利学生进步梳理学知识
Step6
Homework
Review the usage of comparative adjectives
达标训练题
单项选择
1 This one is too large Can you show me a _______ one
A larger B large
C small D smaller
2 – Do you think March is ____ than January
– Yes it’s ______ warmer
A better a little B well much
C worse very D nicer quite
3 The weather in North China is colder than ______ in South China
A ＼ B this C the one D that
4 Which one is _____ this one or that one
A good B bad C best D better
5 I think your room is _______ bigger
A a lot B a lot of
C lots of D more
二根句意写出缺单词
(1)I’m 12 years old You’re 14 I’m ________ than you
(2) A rabbit’s tail is _______ than a monkey’s tail
(3) An elephant is _______ than a pig
(4) A lake is _______ than a sea
(5) A basketball is ______ than a football
Module 3 Sports
教学容：Unit 1 Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis
二 课型：Listening and speaking
三 教学目标：
1 够正确列单词词组： baseball volleyball boring exciting relaxing score already matter hurt enjoyable Olympics stadium miss mind plenty plenty of
2 正确列句型：What’s the score
What’s the matter with you
That’s too bad
I’m not sure about that
Bad luck
Never mind
That’s because
Staying at home was easier than going to the stadium
3 够听懂谈运动谈话回答相关简单问题
4形容词较级描述球类运动
5通单元学解项球类运动增加体育锻炼兴趣
教学重难点：
够熟练运形容词副词较级形式较体育项目
四 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片实物题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机实物课堂练表格奖品
五 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Greetings
2． Free talk Do you like sports What’s your favourite sport Why
1 Greetings
2 Free talks about different kinds of sports like swimming skating running basketball football and so on
旧引新先引导学生进入新模块容训练学生反应时形中培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
1 T What do you think of basketball Is it easy or difficult
2 Show students some pictures of the sports and show the new words as well For example I like basketball because it’s exciting
3 Have the students listen and number the sports in Activity 1
4 Have the students use the words in the box to talk about the sports in Activity 2
1 S Easy＼Difficult
2 Look at the pictures and listen carefully to the teacher try to say sth about the sports and learn some new words
eg I like basketball because it’s exciting
I like football I think it’s more exciting than basketball
3Listen and number the sports
4Talk about the sports
先听说引导学生听完简单谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and answer
Have the students listen to the tape and answer the question
What kind of sports are they watching on TV
ABasketball BFootball CTable tennis
2Listen and read
Have the students listen and read the dialogue by themselves and check the true sentences in Activity 2Then check their answers in pairs then in class
3Read and remember
Ask students to read the dialogue in groups and try to find out some important language points by themselves then help them solve the difficult points if necessary
4 Act out the dialogue
1Listen and answer the question
What kind of sports are they watching on TV
ABasketball BFootball CTable tennis
2Listen and read and check the answers in pairs Correct the wrong sentences as well
3 The students read the dialogue in groups and find out the import language points
4 Read the dialogue in groups and then ask several groups to act out the dialogue in class
学生带着问题听课文学生听觉课文初步理解时培养学生通听获取细节信息技巧
学生通听读课文纠正语音进步熟悉课文容check 正确句子更正错误句子培养学生通读获取细节信息力
通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Complete the passage
Let the students complete the passage with the words in Activity 1(Activity 5)
2Make a report
In groups make a survey about sports and then make a report
1 Complete the passage of Activity 5 and ask 2 volunteers to say out their answers
2 Ask their teamers questions like this Which sport do you like football or basketball WhyThen make a report like this likes basketball because it’s more exciting than football
学生根实际完成文段学会正确表达关项球类运动情况时解情况
通组活动学生充分实践运语言形中突破课难点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Complete the sentences with the words in the box(Activity4)
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固运已学知识
七板书设计：
Module 3 Sports
Unit 1 Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis
Football is more exciting than basketball
Playing table tennis is easier than playing volleyball
达标训练题
词适形式填空：
1 Playing football is ___________ (exciting) than watching it
2 Tennis is ____________ (difficult) than basketball
3Table tennis is __________( popular) than football in China
4 I think swimming is _________ (relaxing) than running
5 Tennis is __________ ( boring) than table tennis
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1 ________ You look tired
AWhat’s the wrong BWhat’s the matter with you
C What’s matter with you D What’s the matter of you
( ) 2 Running is ________ than table tennis because you can do it everywhere
A easy B difficult C easier D more difficult
( ) 3 I failed the exam _________Study hard and you will pass it next time
A That’s too bad BI’m not sure about that
C Bad luck D Never mind
( )4 — What’s the time
— It’s 8 Don’t worryWe still have ____________time
A plenty of B many C lot of D little
( )5 Playing football is _____than _______it at home
A more exciting watch B more dangerous watching
C excitingerwatching D Dangerouserwatching
Module 3 Sports
六 教学容：Unit 2 This year we are training more carefully
七 课型：Reading and writing
八 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组： beat careless cheer on coach fan club against train practice warm warm up usual better pleased pass pity chance loudly
2够读懂介绍描写体育活动短文扑捉旨意结合文猜测词义
3够运形容词较级形式作出合适较表达观点
4时间状语现情况
九 教学重难点：
1够读懂介绍描写体育活动短文
2够运形容词较级形式作出合适较表达观点
十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
十 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
1Lead in
Play a piece of music The cup of lifeand then have a free talk with Ss
The song sounds exciting isn’t it Do you like football Why
1 Answer the questions
首动感歌曲进行热身活跃课堂气氛学生快速进入课话题然谈歌曲引导学生回顾节课容考验学生Unit1知识掌握程度训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1Show students the two pictures of Activity1 Lead the students to describe them and present new words in sentences and teach them as well
eg The blue team beat the red team because the red team was careless
2Have students guess
Look at the title Training hard Why they train hard Did Li Daming’s team win last year
1Watch and try to describe the two pictures and learn some new words
2Guess whether Li Daming’s team win last year
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述图片力描述时学新单词句型量做词离句学生扫清阅读障碍
通猜测激发学生产生阅读愿心理
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
1 Scanning
Ask students to scan the passage and find out the main idea of it
2 Skimming
（1）Ask students to skim the passage and complete the table
T We know Li Daming’s team tain hard this yearWhat do they do Why
Read the passage quickly again and complete the table in groups
（2）Call back the answers
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1&2
①Choose the best answers
T Now we know they train hard this yearWhere and when do they train Read Paragraph 1&2 in pairs and choose the best answers to the two questions
②Let the students read Paragraph 1&2 in groups of four and find out difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
T Why they lost to the other team last year Let’s continue learning Paragraph 3
(2)Paragraph 3
①Present some sentences to the students and ask them to write T or F also correct the wrong sentences after reading Paragraph 3
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③ Let one team students read Paragraph 3 and the other students listen carefully to point out important points
④Solve the difficulties
T We know that it’s good to have many fans around when we re playing the gameSo do they Do you know the reason Read Paragraph 4 and answer the question
(3)Paragraph 4
①Let the students read Paragraph4 and answer the question in pairs
②Let the students ask and answer in pairs to check their answers
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 4 Let the other students listen carefully and find out difficulties
④Solve difficulties
T Let’s read the letter together
Scan the passage and choose the main idea
八 They are going to play against another next week
九 It’s more difficult to practice in winter
十 Their coach is pleased
十 They tain hard
Skim the passage and complete the table in Activity2 in groups
3． Read Paragraph1&2
①Choose the best answers
1Where do they tain( )
AAt school B At the stadium
2When does the practice start ( )
A At 9 in the morning
B At 9 in the afternoon
C At 10 in the afternoon
DAt 10 in the morning
What’s the weather like in winter there
七 The days are short and gets dark earlier
八 The days are short and gets dark later
九 The days are long and it’s cold
十 The days are long and gets dark earlier
②Read Paragraph 1&2 in groups of four and find out difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
(2)Read the letter of Paragraph C also correct the wrong sentences
①write T or F after reading Paragraph C
1 They were sometimes careful when they passed the ball
( )
2 This year they are training more carefully ( )
②A student to be a little teacher to check the answers Others try their best to answer the questions
③One team students read Paragraph 3 and the other students point out difficulties points
④To say the difficulties
and solve together
(3)Read Paragraph 4 and answer the question
① Find out the answer to the question
Why it is good to have their fans around
②The students ask and answer in pairs
③A group of six students to read paragraph 4 The other students listen carefully and find out difficulties
④Say the difficulties and solve them
求学生快速阅读文章选出课文题意培养学生快速阅读技巧获取文章整体信息力
学生抓住课文题意求学生次课文进行深入细致阅读学生理解文章细节篇章结构更深层次理解进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取细节信息提高阅读效果获取细节信息技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1Retell
①Let the students complete the passage with the words in the box in Activity3
②Call back the answers
from two students then
read the short passage
in the whole class
2Speaking
①Put the words in the box into pairs with opposite meanings
②Make sentences with the words
eg He got up late yesterdaybut he got up later this morning
1Complete the passage with the words in the box
2
①Put the words in the box into pairs with opposite meanings
②Make sentences with the words
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a passage about their school basketball team in Activity5
Complete the sentences and then add some details Write a passage
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七 板书设计：
Unit2 This year we are training more carefully
play against
as as we can
so that
warm up
beat
win
It’s ＋adj(for Sb) to do Sth
What a pity
cheer on
达标训练题
词正确形式填空
1 Please read the sentences____________ (careful)
2 I didn’t sleep _______( good)last night So I feel __________(tired)today
3 They passed the ball _______(careless)so they lost the game
4 I felt tired last night so I went to bed _________(early) than usual
二 单项选择
1 The horse is getting old and cannot run ______ it did
A as faster as B so fast than C faster D so fast as
2 We lost the game
____________
A Congratulations B So bad C What a pity D Well done
3 The Brazil _____us and _______the match
A beat beat B beat won C won beat D won won
4 It’s ______for us to walk to the stadium because it’s too far
A easy B easily C difficult D difficultly
Module 3 Sports
教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
二 课型：Revision and application
三 教学目标：
1 正确运模块词汇：boringexcitingrelaxingenjoyablecareless等
2 区正确形容词副词较级
3 根模块学知识介绍喜爱体育项目制作海报陈述喜爱理该项目特点
四 教学重难点：
够形容词较级描述运动制作明信片
五 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
六 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1Show students a short video about different kinds of ball games
2Have a free talk with students
What’s your favourite sport
Why
1The students watch the video and learn the different kinds of ball games
2 Answer the questions like this My favourite sport is Because it’s
通观关种球类运动视频学生视觉直观解项球类运动时活跃课堂气氛进步学做铺垫
通学生交谈复Unit1知识点时训练学生反应
2 Whiletask(17’)
3 Let the students work in pairs look at the pictures ask and answer in Activity1 like this
What’s your favourite sport
My favourite sport is swimmingIt’s exciting
1Look at the pictures and ask and answer in pairs
学生通伴问答达真实交际目时强化形容词法运
4 Have a competition
Work in groups of four compare the sports to see which group can collect the most sentences
5 4Organization
5Have students look at the blackboard and summary the rules of Comparative adjectives(more)
十 The students work in groups and make sentences about comparing the sports
3 They will have a competition for writing on the blackboard (See which group can write the most correct sentences )
4 Two students will collect the sentences on the blackboard And see which group will do the best
5 Look at the sentences on the blackboard and find out the rules of Comparative adjectives
通赛收集形容词较级较运动句子激发学生动性创造性思维达学致目
步骤学生写黑板正确句子学生观察总结形容词较级构成达学生通发现认知进纳知识点目
6Show students two sentences and ask them to find out the usage between adjectives and adverbs
7Have students make sentences with adjectives and adverbs
② Look at the sentences and find out the usage between adjectives and adverbs
Tom was carelessHe did his homework carelessly
The teacher is careful and he speaks carefully
7Make sentences
环节通先学生展示两形容词副词句子学生通观察找出法体现学生学动性更加深学生印象接着通造句子强化形容词副词法运
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Have students work in groups and complete the sentences and passage with the words in the brackets of Activity 24
2 Call back the answers
1Complete the sentences and passage with the words in the brackets of Activity 24 in groups
2 Check the answers in groups then in class
通组间合作完成笔头练强化模块知识点运培养学生学团体精神
3 Ask the students to work in groups talk about their favourite Olympic sports and make a sports poster
4Organization
3 Work in groups talk about their favourite Olympic sports and make a sports poster
AWhat’s your favourite Olympic sport
BMy favourite Olympic sport is
AWhy do you like it
BI like it because
4Choose the best poster
通组间交流谈喜欢奥林匹克运动制作明信片达真实交际目时实现学致
评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
4 Summary
(1’)
Ask the students to conclude the usage of adjectives and adverbs and their comparative
Students conclude the usage of adjectives and adverbs and their comparative
引导学生模块知识点总结培养学生学总结良学惯
5 Homework（1’）
Write an email to your best friend about your favourite sport
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
板书设计
Module 3 Sports
Unit 3 Language in use
Table tennis is more exciting than tennis
Tennis is more expensive than table tennis
more + adjectives(音节)
Tom was carelessHe did his homework carelessly
The teacher is careful and he speaks carefully
行动词+副词
系动词+形容词
达标训练题
5 写出列形容词副词
careful _________ careless_________ quick_________ bad _________
slow_________ early_________ late_________ fast_________ hard_________
6 词正确形式填空
4 She played the violin _________( bad)
5 Nothing is _________(interesting)than watching TV
6 He is a _________boyHe does everything_________( careful)
4Study _________(hard)and you will get better grades
5Jogging in the countryside is _________(enjoyable)than jogging in the city
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
教学容： Unit 1 He lives the farthest from school
二课型：Listening and speaking
三教学目标：
1正确运词汇：road accident except far far away crowded choice classmate all the time journey book outside close park however cost
2听懂含形容词副词高级形式话旅行方式交通工具描述
3够形容词副词高级形式谈较旅行方式交通工具
四 教学重难点：
够形容词副词高级形式谈较旅行方式交通工具
五 教学准备：
课指导学生通听力获取信息培养学生听力技课堂采媒体手段辅助教学媒体课件
六 预求：
根音标学课新单词
七 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Let the students watch a video sing the song The train Ask Can you guess the name of the song
2 Show some pictures of vehicles on the computer let the students say them out quickly The first one to say it is the winner
Then introduce the title
1 Listen and sing the song together Guess the name the song
2 Stand up and say out the names of the vehicles quickly Try to be the first one
通歌曲激发学生兴趣引入交通工具然呈现常交通工具图片复名称然导出课话题
Step Two
Pretask(5’)
Task1 Check the new words
1 Show more pictures and things to get the students to say out new words
2 Ask one little teacher to teach the students to read the new words
1Look at the pictures and things say out the new words and phrases
2 Students read the new words together after the little teacher
引导学生谈ppt图片检查学生词汇掌握程度训练学生表达力通图片情景学单词做词离句
Step Three
Whiletask (20’)
Task2 Do activity 1
Ask the students to finish Activity One Match the words in the box with the pictures Then check the answers quickly
Task 3 Listening(Activity 2)
1 Ask the students to listen and match the words in the box with the pictures in Activity 1
2 Guide them answer in this way Going by bus is cheap
Task4 Listening(Activity 3)
1 Play the tape ask students to listen and choose the best answers to the two questions
① Who lives the farthest from school (A Tony B Lingling C Daming)
② How does Daming go to school (A By underground B On foot C By bus)
2 Check their answers
Task 4 Reading(Activity 3)
1 Ask the students to read the conversation and complete the table in Activity Three
2 Call back the answers
Task 5 Practice reading
1 Organize the students to read the conversation with the video
2Ask the Ss to work with their groups to read the conversation
3 Organize the students to have a competition Read the dialogue in groups and choose the best group
Task 6 Solve the language points
(1)Organize students to read the conversation again and find the language points Let them discuss in groups and solve their problems
(2)Ask three little teachers to help the students solve their problems
Task 7 Retelling
Get the Ss to retell the conversation with the information in the table in Activity 3
Task 7 Grammar and exercises
1 Summary all the sentences of the Superlative adjectives and adverbs Give more samples
2 Ask the students to complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in the box(Activity 4)
3Ask the students to go on completing the sentences with the words or expression in the box (Activity 5)
Students match the words in the box with the pictures
1Students listen and match the words in the box with the pictures in Activity 1
2 Describe the pictures with right sentences
Eg Going by bus is cheap
1 Listen to the tape and and get the correct answers
① Who lives the farthest from school (A Tony B Lingling C Daming)
② How does Daming go to school (A By underground B On foot C By bus)
2 Give the answers in pairs
1 Students read the conversation and complete the table in Activity Three
2 Give the answers
1 Student read the conversation with the video
2 Then practice in groups
3 Have a competition Read the dialogue in groups and choose the best group Try to read the best
(1) Students read the conversation again and find the language points Discuss in groups and solve their problems
(2)Little teachers come to the front and help other students solve the language points the other students listen carefully and note
Try to retell the conversation with the information in the table in Activity 3 eg Betty goes to school by bus Tony takes the understand to school Because he lives the farthest from school Etc
1 Summary all the sentences of the Superlative adjectives and adverbs Give more samples
2 Ask the students to complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in the box(Activity 4)
3Ask the students to go on completing the sentences with the words or expression in the box (Activity 5)
检查完词汇时做Activity 1匹配联系进行巩固
训练学生听力 加深学生课新词汇印象
根听力结果选词完整句子描述图片训练学生口头表达力
带着问题听课文学生目听录音学会综合获信息作答
活动三练作阅读训练题学生充足先学先理解时间利阶段授课
通观视频代枯燥乏味空想象时获取正确语音语调
通组朗读互相纠正错误培养团结合作精神
组合作探究完成学务培养学力
通老师讲解语言点学生更兴趣进步理解课文容
通引导学生复述话培养学生表达力
教师补充讲解课难点起画龙点睛作
通活动4活动5题巩固课学容加深印象
Step Four
Posttask
(9’)
Task 7 Do some speaking
1 Pair work
Organize them to ask and answer questions about the ways of going to school Use the words in the box to help them
AWhat’s the most expensive way to go to school
B Going by taxi is the most expensive
AHow about by bus is it a good way to go to school
B It is cheap but so crowded
2Have the Ss act out the dialogue
1Ask and answer questions about the ways of going to school Use the words in the box to help them
AWhat’s the most expensive way to go to school
B Going by taxi is the most expensive
AHow about by bus is it a good way to go to school
B It is cheap but so crowded
2 Ss act out the dialogue
通2组简单话练操练课重点句型环节表演作铺垫话表演时整节课高潮部分学生情境中进行交际提高学生英语语言综合运力
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
①travel by traincarship
undergroundboatbustaxi
②The structures fo the superlative adjectives and adverbs
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Make an interview
Ask them to interview their friends about How do they go to school every day Then let them give a report next class
Report My friend… usually goes to school by bike because her his home is the closest to school My friend … usually goes to school by bus because hisher home is the farthest from school
2Ask the students to finish the exercises in the workbook of Module 4 Unit 1
1 Make an interview
Ask them to interview their friends about How do they go to school every day Then let them give a report next class
2Finish the exercises in the workbook of Module 4 Unit 1
口头作业笔头作业相结合助学生方面力培养时巩固已学知识学知识运实际中
板书
设计
Module 4 Planes ships and trains 组评价
Unit1 I He lives the farthest from school
1 Lingling’s home is the closest to school T1 T2 T3
2 It is the most comfortable way
but it’s the most expensive
3 Tony lives farthest from school
达标训练题
A 学练：写出列单词高级形式：
1 short _________________ 2 nice _________________
3 big _________________ 4 thin _________________
5 early _________________ 6 slowly _________________
7 beautiful _________________ 8 carefully _________________
9 badly _________________ 10 much _________________
11 little _________________ 12 far __________________
B 单项选择：
( ) 1 Debbie is growing fast She is even________ than her mother
A tall B taller C tallest D the tallest
( )2—Dad would you please drive ________
— No hurry We have enough time before the plane takes off
A faster B more slowly C more carefully
( ) 3—Do you know Lin Shuhao
—Yes He is one of _____ basketball players in the NBA
A popular B more popular C the most popular
( ) 4 Is Lily’s home _____ away from school than Linda’s
A far B farther C farthest
( ) 5—Who ran ______ of all in the sports meeting
—Hector did I think
A fast B faster C the fastest D most fast
( ) 6 Li Na is ________ tennis player in China now
A most famous B the most famous C more famous
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
二十 教学容：Unit 2 What is the best way to travel
二十 课型：Reading and writing
二十二 教学目标：
1够正确列单词：journey book outside choice however cost
2够读懂关旅游交通工具文章抓住文章细节
3够运形容词副词高级形式种交通方式进行
4解英语国家关旅游交通等方面信息密切联系日常生活拓展视野激发学英语兴趣
四教学重难点：
1够理解关旅游交通工具文章（重点）
2够正确运形容词副词较级高级写篇旅游日志较种交通工具便捷便处（难点）
五教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件
六教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1Play a game
Ask the every student to write a word of their favorite vehicle on a piece of paper then let them exchange it with their friend Then let a student say out the word in hisher hand those who has the same word must stand up quickly and change their seat the one that has no seat is the loser
2．Ask the student to give a report about their interview
Report My friend… usually goes to school by bike because her his home is the closest to school My friend … usually goes to school by bus because hisher home is the farthest from school
1 Play a game
Every student writes a word of their favorite vehicle on a piece of paper then exchange it with their friend A student say out the word in hisher hand those who has the same word must stand up quickly and change their seat the one that has no seat is the loser
2 Students give reports about their interview
Report My friend… usually goes to school by bike because her his home is the closest to school My friend … usually goes to school by bus because hisher home is the farthest from school
通游戏听单词抢位置活跃课堂气氛利切入课关词汇
时训练学生反应
通汇报形式检查节课布置调查作业回顾节课容考验学生Unit1知识掌握程度
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1Check the new words
（1）Show more pictures and things to get the students fill in the blanks with right words
eg journey book outside choice however cost
（2）Organize them to read the new words together
2Free talk
Ask the students to talk about the ways to go to a city that they like to visit in pairs
1 How do you get there
2 What’s the cheapest way to get there
3 What’s the best way to get there
（1）Watch pictures learn some new words and try to fill in the blanks with right words
（2）Read the new words together
Students talk about the ways to go to a city that they like to visit in pairs
1 How do you get there
2 What’s the cheapest way to get there
3 What’s the best way to get there
引导学生谈图片 通图片情景学单词做词离句
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
1 Scanning
Ask students to scan the passage and find out the main idea for the passage
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and answer the question
T What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam
3Careful reading
Paragraph 1
(1) Present some sentences to the students and ask them to write T or F also correct the wrong sentences
① The writer wants to travel from Amsterdam to London
② The writer wants to know the cheapest way of travelling
(2)Let the students read Paragraph One in groups of six and find out difficulties
(3) Ask them to solve difficulties
Paragraph 2 and 3
(1)Ask the students to read Paragraph 2 and 3 then answer the following questions
① Which is more relaxing going by train or going by coach
②What is the most expensive way to travel
③Is parking in Amsterdam very expensive
(2) Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
(3) Organize the whole class to read together
(4)Ask some little teachers to solve the difficulties
Paragraph 4 5and 6
(1)Let the students read Paragraph 456 and fill in the blanks
Going by________is usually the cheapest but in summer it often gets ________ and ________ you a long time to get there Going by plane is the ________ and the second ___________ but you may have to wait for hours at the airport ________ of bad weather
(2) Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in these paragraphs
4 Practise reading
Get the students watch a video and read with it then let them read loudly in groups
Students scan the passage and find out the main idea for the passage For example Ways of travelling from London to Amsterdam
Students skim the passage and find the answer to the question
S It is by car or by ship
（1）Students read Paragraph One and choose T or F
① The writer wants to travel from Amsterdam to London F
② The writer wants to know the cheapest way of travelling F
(2)Students read Paragraph One in groups of six and find out difficulties
(3)Solve the difficulties together
(1)Students read Paragraph 2 and 3 find the answers to the following questions
①Going by coach is more relaxing
②Travelling by car or by ship is the most comfortable way
③Yes it is
(2) A little teacher checks the answers
(3) The whole class read together
(4) Some little teachers solve the difficulties
(1)Students read Paragraph 456 and fill in the blanks
The answers are
coach crowded takes fastest cheapest because
(2)Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in these paragraphs
Students watch a video and read with it then read loudly in groups
求学生快速阅读课文找出课中心思想
通学生快速阅读找出文课题答案解旨容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
读书英语学中起着相重作熟生巧通读学正确语音语调通组朗读互相学培养合作精神
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1Speaking
(1)Ask the students to complete the table find the good points and bad points of travelling then let them list more about it
Ways of travelling
Good points
Bad points
Train
more relaxing
than by coach
Car and ship
Coach
Plane
(2) Divided the whole class into two groups then let them have a debate competition
2Retell
(1) Organize the Ss to retell the passage with the information in Activity3
(2)Let the students Complete the passage with the words in the box
Complete the passage with the words in the box
choice cost However journey outside
There are four ways to travel from London to Amsterdam The first _______ is by train because the _____ takes only by four hours _______ it is quite expensive Going by car and by ship or by coach does not_______ as much as going by train When you go by car and by ship remember that parking in Amsterdam is not cheap so it is best way _______the city centre and travel in by bus or by train
(2)Call back the answers
from the whole class then
let them read the short passage in the whole class
(1)Cmplete the table find the good points and bad points of travelling list more about it
(2) Girls and boys have a debate competition
(1) Try to retell the passage with the information in Activity3
(2) Students Complete the passage with the words in the box
(2)Call back the answers from the whole class then
read the short passage in the whole class
通完成表格训练学生信息汇总力通分组辩赛激励学生讲听进步学生巩固课时知识
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a passage about ways of travelling from London to Paris Use the information in Activity 5 and the passage in Activity 2 to help you
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
Unit 2 What is the best way to travel
1 What’s the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam
2 The more information the better
3 This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive
4 It’s the fastest and the second cheapest
达标训练题
I 单项选择
( ) 1 Study hard ____ you study _____ results you’ll get
A Harder better B The harder better
C The harder the better D Harder the better
( ) 2 Dear students please read every sentence carefully _______ you are ________ mistakes you’ll make
A The more carefully the fewer B The more careful the less
C The more carefully the less D The more careful the fewer
( ) 3 —What do you think of the traffic in our city (2013菏泽)
—It’s_____ than it used to be but there’s still a long way to go
A worse B worst C better D best
( ) 4 Traveling around big cities by taxi can cost a lot of money but it’s usually
_____ to take the underground train to most places (2013菏泽)
A amazing B expensive C convenient D exciting
( )5 Liu Ying is as _____ as her sister (2013湖南湘西)
A tall B taller C the tallest
( ) 6 I am good at math but his English is ________ than mine (2013黄石)
A much better B more better C very better D pretty better
( ) 7 The world’s population is growing _____ and there is _____ land and
water for growing rice (2013荆门)
A more less B larger fewer C larger less D more fewer
( ) 8 It’s _____ to listen to light music when you feel tired (2013温州)
A dangerous B scary C relaxing D difficult
II 英汉互译
1．公汽车 2．长路程
3．第3选择 4．花费某时间干某事
5．订票 6．get crowded
7．cost as much as 8．travel in by bus or by train
9．because of 10．stay outside the city centre
III列词语变高级形式
1．beautiful___________ 2．difficult _________
3．good _____________ 4．thin __________
5．short ____________ 6．expensive _________
7．tall _____________ 8．little___________
9．fast _____________ 10．many ___________
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
二十三 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
二十四 课型：Revision and application
二十五 教学目标：
1正确运模块词汇：road accident except far far away crowded choice classmate all the time journey book outside close park however cost journey book outside choice however等
2类整理单词词组提高单词学效率
3运形容词副词较级高级
4够运学知识介绍旅行计划坐交通工具
二十六 教学重难点：
掌握形容词副词较级高级法描述较种交通方式
二十七 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法游戏等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片等
二十八 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
Leadingin
（8’）
1Free talk
Show the students six pictures of vehicles and guide the students to make dialogues in this way：
A How do you often travel
B I usually travel by plane It is the fastest How about you
AI often go by car It is the most comfortable way to travel
B…
2Play a game
Let the students read the following sentences as quickly as they can
1) It’s the most comfortable way but it’s the most expensive
2) He lives farthest from school
3) It is the fastest and the second cheapest
4) The more information the better
Talk about the six pictures of vehicles in pairs Make up a dialogue
A How do you often travel
B I usually travel by plane It is the fastest How about you
AI often go by car It is the most comfortable way to travel
B…
Read the following sentences as quickly as they can Choose the fastest one
1) It’s the most comfortable way but it’s the most expensive
2) He lives farthest from school
3) It is the fastest and the second cheapest
4) The more information the better
呈现六张关交通工具图片21组展开话复单元话题学生快进入学状态
通游戏谁快复单元语法句子提高学生反复朗读兴趣读速度越块越达定熟练程度
2 Whiletask(17’)
1Ask the students to complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets Then check the answers (Activity 1)
For example
(1) This bus takes the _________ (long) time because it is the _______ (slow)
2 Let the students complete the conversations in Activity 2 and Activity 3
3Practise speaking
Organize the students to ask and answer the questions in Activity 5 in pairs Then let them give a report about their friend
4 Ask the students to complete the email with the words in the box Then check the answers and organize them to read together ( Activity 6)
5 Listening practice
(1)Ask the students to read through the information in Activity 7 individually
(2) Play the tape for the students to listen and match
(3) Ask the students to check with a partner
(4) Check the answers
6Play the tape again Ask them to answer the two questions
(1) Which city has the largest population
(2)Which cities have the oldest universities in the world
7Around the world The longest railway
(1) Ask the students to look at the picture and discuss what they can see
(2) Ask them to read through the passage by themselves Get them choose T or F for the following exercises
①Moscow is the capital of Russia
②It is the fastest way to travel from Moscow to Vladivostok
(3) Organize the whole class to read it once
1 complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets Then give the answers (Activity 1)
(1) This bus takes the longest time because it is the slowest
2 Complete the conversations in Activity 2 and Activity 3
3 Students ask and answer the questions in Activity 5 in pairs Then say something about their friend
4 Complete the email with the words in the box Then give the answers and read together ( Activity 6)
5 Listening practice
(1)Students read through the information in Activity 7 individually
(2) Listen and match the cities with the information
(3) Students check the answers with a partner
(4)Check the answers
6Listen again and get the answers to the two questions
(1) London
(2) Oxford and Cambridge
7Around the world The longest railway
(1)Look at the picture and discuss what they can see
(2)Read through the passage by themselves
Choose T or F for the following exercises
①Moscow is the capital of Russia T
②It is the fastest way to travel from Moscow to Vladivostok F
(3) The whole class to read it once
通活动二三六反复练复巩固前面两单元掌握语法词汇
通咨询朋友获关信息信息进行综合汇报关情况
学生快速朗读关听力信息材料然听录音连线题较简单听力训练激起部分学生求知欲培养学生信心
听录音回答问题疑学生老难第二次播放容学生已定信息储备效降低听力难度限听力材料反复听反复听说程中培养学生听说技时帮助学生熟悉背诵语言材料效手段必手段
Around the world处作阅读训练学生带着问题阅读求学生口头叙述阅读获信息锻炼说考查读
阅读训练仅仅做道题更重帮助学生中获取信息获乐趣
学生通量朗读断纠正语音语调逐步形成英语语感
3 Posttask
(19’)
Make a holiday plan for a family trip to a city in China
（1） Ask the students to find a map of China Let them choose a city to visit and decide on the best way to get there
（2）Ask the students to make a list of things to do there
（3）Ask the students to present their plans to the class and make notes about other groups’ plans
For example
I am planning a trip to the Forbidden City in Beijing I want to go there by car I think this is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive…
(4) Choose the best plan
（1） Find a map of China Choose a city to visit and decide on the best way to get there
（2）Make a list of things to do there
（3） Present your plan to the class and make notes about other groups’ plans
(4) Choose the best plan
学生通模块学获语言储备语言输出做铺垫
写作客观反映学生方面语言运力英语学真正延伸课堂外
环节设计目学生说基础够通书面表达进步巩固学容
4 Summary
(1’)
1Help the students to summary and compare modes of transportation
2 Ask the students to conclude the usage of
of Superlative adjectives and adverbs
1 Students summary and compare modes of transportation with the teacher’s help
2 Students conclude the usage of Superlative adjectives and adverbs
学生总结模块知识点加深理解
5 Homework（1’）
Master the new words and useful expression in Module 4
板书设计
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
Unit 3 Language in use
1) It’s the most comfortable way but it’s the most expensive
2) He lives farthest from school
3) It is the fastest and the second cheapest
4) The more information the better
达标训练题
单词适形式填空
1 Tony lives ___________ ( far) from the school in his class
2 Betty’s dad has _____________(expensive)journey
3 Daming has ___________(dangerous) journey
4 Lingling’s home is ________( close) to school
5 Daming has _________(fast) journey by bicycle
二根句意首字母提示补全单词
1Jenny sometimes t the train to Beijing
2Tony lives f from the school so he has the longest journey
3There are many people in the zoo it’s very c
4Lucy’s home is the c to the school so she walks
5 Boeing 747 is one of the most expensive ____________(飞机) in the world
三 阅读理解
Modern life is impossible without traveling The fastest way of traveling is by plane With a modern airliner(客机) you can travel in one day to places which needed a month or more to get to hundreds of years ago
Traveling by train is slower than by plane but you can see the places you are traveling through Modern trains have comfortable seats and diningcars They even make the longest journey enjoyable(令愉快)
Some people prefer to travel by sea You can visit many other countries or different parts of your country Ships are not so fast as trains or planes but traveling by sea is a very pleasant way to spend a holiday
Many people like to travel by car You can make your own timetable You can travel three or four hundred miles or only fifty or one hundred miles a day just as you like You can stop if there is something interesting for example at a good restaurant where you can enjoy a good meal or at a hotel to spend the night That’s why traveling by car is popular for pleasure trips while people usually take a train or a plane when they travel on business
( )31 From the passage we know the fastest way of traveling is ____
A by train B by sea C by plane D by car
( )32 If we travel by car we can ____
A make the longest journey enjoyableB travel to a very far place in a few minutes
C make our own timetableD visit many other countries
( )33 The underlined word They in the passage refers to(指) ____
A modern trains in the country B the comfortable seats and diningcars
C the travelers on the modern trains D the slower ways of traveling
( )34 When people travel on business they usually take ____
A a plane or a car B a car or a boatC a boat or a train D a train or a plane
( )35 How many ways of traveling are mentioned in the passage
A Four B Three C Two D Six
Module 5 Lao She Teahouse
二十九 教学容：Unit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera
三十 课型：Listening and speaking
三十 教学目标：
1正确运单元词汇短语：actress teahouse offer end in the end no idea
2听懂关京剧话解老舍茶馆感知动词定式作宾语表达
3动词定式表达意图计划 培养学生京剧中国传统文化兴趣爱增强民族豪感
三十二 教学重难点：
1单元求掌握单词词组
2掌握动词定式作宾语法动词定式表达意图计划等
三十三 教学准备：
课指导学生通听力获取信息培养学生听力技课堂采媒体手段辅助教学轻松愉快氛围中较真实语境联系学生生活实际结合已知识验运学语言基础知识学互相学学生语言实践中相互启发生成体验成功培养学生合作精神发展思维想象等力教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
三十四 预求：
i 根音标学课新单词
ii 查找相关资料找出认课较重语言点短语
三十五 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Enjoy the music the Beijing Opera
Q1 What’s the song about
Then show the title (I wanted to see the Beijing Opera)
2Free talk (Activity 1)
Ask two students some questions like this
(1)Do you like the Beijing Opera
(2) Do you want to see the Beijing Opera in Lao She Teahouse
(3) Do you know Lao She
Who is he
1 Enjoy the song and answer the question
(The Beijing Opera)
2 Listen and answer the questions
先首京剧引出节课题通环节活跃课堂气氛调动学生学兴趣
时学生free talk程中感受新语言项目通环节提高学生认知力
Step Two
Pretask(5’)
Task1 Check the new words
1 Show some pictures and things to get the students to say out the new words
2 Organize the students to read the new words together
3 Check the new words
1 Look at the pictures and things to say out the new words
2 Read the new words together
3 Give the answers
引导学生谈实物power point图片检查学生词汇掌握程度训练学生表达力通图片情景学单词做词离句学完单词时检查课前布置单词练题巩固词汇
Step Three
Whiletask (20’)
Task2listening
(1) Play the tape ask students to listen and underline the correct words or expressions then check the answers (Activity 2)
(2)Guide the students to listen to the conversation and choose the correct answer
1 Where did Lingling and Betty go last night
A Beijing B Lao She
C Lao She Teahouse
2Did Betty understand the opera
A Yes she did B No she didn’t C We don’t know
3 How long did they stay in Lao She house
A An hour B Two hours
C Three hours
4Who is Lao She
A A writer B An actor
C A player
(3)Organize the students to check their answers
Task 3 Reading
（1）Ask the students to read the conversation to check the true sentences then check the answers (Activity 3)
(2) Organize the students to read the conversation with the video
(3)Ask the Ss to work with their groups to read the conversation
(4) Have a competition Read the conversation in groups and choose the best group
Task 4 Solve the language points
(1)Organize students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found
(2)Help the students to solve the difficult points
Task5 Retell the dialogue
(1)Ask students to complete the passage with the correct form of the word in the box
（Activity4）
（2）Ask the students to retell the dialogue
(1) Listen to the tape and underline the correct words or expressions then show the answers (Activity 2)
(2)Listen to the conversation and choose the correct answer
(3)Check the answers
(1) Read the conversation to check the true sentences then check the answers (Activity 3)
(2)Read the conversation with the video
(3) Read the conversation in groups
(4) Read the conversation in groups and choose the best group
(1) Students come to the blackboard to show out some language points the other students listen to them carefully and note
(2)Solve the difficult points with the teacher’s help
(1)Students complete the passage
(2) Retell the dialogue
利听读练方式加强学生课文理解培养学生细节听力技巧够听取信息训练培养学生细节听力技巧
通视频听读话帮助学生进步理解课文容
组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言培养团结合作精神
通学生台展示找语言点培养学生胆量培养学力
教师点拨补充语言点学生进步理解知识点
通复述话加深课文掌握时锻炼口语
Step Four
Posttask
(9’)
Task 6Do some speaking
(1) Show some information that this weekend plan to do Help the students to talk about them like this
What do you plan to do this
weekend
Where do you want to go
What do your parents offer to
you etc
(2) Have the Ss report their plans for this weekend
(3) Ask students to do some
Exercises and then check
(1) Talk about something my plan for this weekend with the teacher’s help
What do you plan to do
this weekend
Where do you want to go
What do your parents offer
to you etc
(2) Report their plans for this weekend
I plan to…
I want to…
My parents offered to…
I hope to … etc
(3)Do the exercises then check
通做报告训练学生说力学生加深课文容理解适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
通笔头练进步巩固学
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1 Get the students to sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss …
2 Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1 Sum up the language points
2 To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
(1) Write a short composition My plan for this weekend
(2) Finish the exercises in the workbook of Unit 1
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
板书
设计
Module5 Lao She Teahouse 组评价
三十六 Unit1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera
I went to…
I wanted planned to…
It +adj +to+do sth
达标训练题
单项选择
（ ）1 He stayed at home for ________ hour
A a B an C the D ＼
（ ）2The old man was badly ill and we _____ him _____ hospital right away
A take to B bring to C took to D brought to
（ ）3 It is difficult for the boy _______ English well
A learn B learns C to learn D learning
（ ）4 – Don’t forget _______ your homework
OK I’ll do it right now
A doing B do C to do D did
（ ）5 Would you please show me the way _________ the bank
A in B for C with D tot
二根汉语完成句子空词
1北京北京烤鸭著名
Beijing ______ _______ _______ Beijing duck
2 意早点动身
We _______ ________ start early
3呆长时间？
_______ ________ will you stay here
4读书感兴趣
I ______ ________ ________ reading books
5昨天动提出书
He offered ______ _______ some books ______ me
Module 5 Lao She Teahouse
三十七 教学容：Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society
三十八 课型：Reading and writing
三十九 教学目标：
1正确运单元单词短语：act show common twentieth describe society head teacher college novel name if magic
2读懂介绍作家老舍作品老舍容短文运阅读策略获取信息时间轴形式记录事件发生先序
3够仿范文写篇介绍喜欢戏剧书电影短文时培养学生话剧等中国传统文化兴趣热爱增强民族豪感
四十 教学重难点：
1 理解介绍作家老舍作品老舍容短文
2 够仿范文写篇介绍喜欢戏剧书电影短文
四十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
四十二 预求：
1根音标学课新单词
2查找相关资料找出认课较重语言点短语
四十三 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (5’)
1Lead in
(1) Let the students to see a short play then answer the following questions
①What’s the name of the short play ( Teahouse)
②Who is the play’s writer
(Lao She)
(2)Let students look at some pictures and ask and answer the questions about Lao She
① What do you know about Lao She
②What are his most famous books and plays
③What’s special about Lao She s Teahouse
(1) To see a short play and the following questions
①What’s the name of the short play (Teahouse)
②Who’s the play’s writer
(Lao She)
(2) Look at the pictures and learn something about Lao She
通短片图片引导学生进入单元课文活跃课堂气氛学生老舍先生进步认识训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1 Learn the new words
Show students some pictures and check the new words
Look at the pictures to say out some new words
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述物品物力描述时学新单词句型学生扫清阅读障碍
Step Three
While
reading (18’)
1 Scanning (Fast reading)
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and answer
What does the passage talk about
2 Skimming
1 Ask students to skim the passage and match the headings with the paragraphs(Activity 2)
2 Let the students check the answers
3 Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Ask the students to read the Paragraph 1 and answer the following questions
1 What is one of Lao She’s most famous plays
2 What does the play show
3 What does the play describe
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(2)Paragraph 2
①Present some sentences to the students and ask them to read paragraph 2 and check the sentences
1 Lao She’s mother sent him to a teacher’s school in 1913 ( )
2 In 1924 Lao She became a head teacher of a primary school ( )
3 Lao She returned to China in 1929 ( )
4 Lao She was named the People’s Artist ( )
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students read the Paragraph 3 and fill in the blanks
At Lao She Teahouse today customers can ___________ and eat delicious _________ You can enjoy __________ _________ or _________ if you like them Lao She Teahouse gives _________ to everyone from all over the world
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(1) Scan the passage and answer the question：
What does the passage talk about
(Talk about something about Lao She his play Teahouse and Lao She Teahouse)
2 Skimming
1 Skim the passage and match the headings with the paragraphs (Activity 2)
2 Check the answers
①Read paragraph 1 and answer the following questions
1 What is one of Lao She’s most famous plays
2 What does the play show
3What does the play describe
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
①Read Paragraph 2 and check the sentences
1 Lao She’s mother sent him to a teacher’s school in 1913 ( )
2 In 1924 Lao She became a head teacher of a primary school ( )
3 Lao She returned to China in 1929 ( )
4 Lao She was named the People’s Artist ( )
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
①Read the Paragraph 3 and fill in the blanks
At Lao She Teahouse today customers can ___________ and eat delicious _________ You can enjoy __________ _________ or _________ if you like them Lao She Teahouse gives _________ to everyone from all over the world
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
求学生快速阅文章回答问题帮助学生理解课文容
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力进步理解文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1 Retell
①Let the students complete the timeline with information about Lao She and retell the passage according to the timeline
（Activity 3）
②Ask the students to complete the passage with the word in the box
(Activity 4)
③ Call back the answers and ask two students to retell the passage
2Writing
①Let students talk something the play Teahouse and talk something about their favourite play or film in groups (Activity 5)
②Write a short passage that your favourite film Harry Potter according to the information
①Let the students complete the timeline with information about Lao She and retell the passage according to the timeline
（Activity 3）
②Complete the passage with the word in the box
(Activity 4)
③Call back the answers then
retell the short passage
① To talk something about the play Teahouse and their favourite play or film in groups
(Activity 5)
② Write a short passage that your favourite film Harry Potter according to the information
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
通写作学生巩固学增强写作力适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
Step Five
Summary（1’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss…
2 Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1 Sum up the language points
2 To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a passage
My favourite film Harry Potter
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
四十四 板书设计：Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society
one of… T1 T2 T3
finish doing sth
the People’s Artist
give a warm welcome
九达标训练题
单项选择
( ) 1 － What do you think of the film you saw yesterday
Oh It’s one of __________films I’ve ever seen
A interesting B more interesting
C most interesting D the most interesting
( ) 2 Lao She was one of the greatest Chinese writers in _______ century
A the twentieth B twentieth C the twenty Dtwenty
（ ）3My cat _______ Mimi
A names B is name C named D is named
（ ）4The story ______ us a little girls school life in a poor area
A leaves B teaches C hopes D shows
( )5 I finished _______ my homework an hour ago
A do B did C doing D to do
二根中文提示完成列句子
1．英语世界普遍（）语言
English is one of _______ _______ _______ languages in the world
2 果明天雨购物
If it ________ ________ we ________ ________ shopping
3 请热烈欢迎英语老师
Please _______ _______ _______ _______ ______ our English teacher
4 明天返回学校
We will _______ _______ our school tomorrow
5 位伟作家出生1989年5月2日
The great writer _______ ______ ______ May 2nd 1989
Module 5 Lao She Teahouse
四十五 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
四十六 课型：Revision and application
四十七 教学目标：
1 正确运模块词汇短语
2掌握动词定式作宾语法通组合作部戏剧中幕改编成短剧班表演
四十八 教学重难点：
掌握动词定式作宾语法通组合作部戏剧中幕改编成短剧班表演
四十九 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
五十 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（8’）
1Show some pictures and ask students to discuss in pairs and make sentences like these
I want to …
She offered to …
We planned to …
My mother hopes to…
And write some infinitive sentences on the blackboard
1 Discuss in pairs and make sentences like these
I want to …
She offered to …
We planned to …
My mother hopes to…
复巩固学知识点
2 Whiletask(20’)
1 Get the Ss to sum up the sentences on the blackboard(动词定式)
2 Let the students do Activity 1 then check the answers
3 Ask the students to work in pairs Talk about your weekend plans ( Activity 7)
For example
－ I want to see the Beijing Opera
Why don’t we…
4 Let the students to show their conversations
1 Try to understand and sum up the sentences on the blackboard
2 Do Activity 1：Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in the box
3 work in pairs Talk about your weekend plans (Activity 7)
For example
－ I want to see the Beijing Opera
Why don’t we…
4 Act out the conversations
复巩固前面两单元掌握语法词汇
5 Ask the students to do Activities 2 3 and 4 individually then check the answers
6 Listening
(1) Let the students listen and choose the correct answer then call back the answers (Activity 5)
(2) Ask the students to listen again and check the true sentences
(Activity6)
(3) Check the answers
7 Reading
(1) Read the passage and choose the correct answer then call back the answers (Activity 8)
(2) Organize two students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in the passage
(3) Read the passage in groups and check reading
(4) Ask students to read Around the world and then answer the questions after reading
Q1：When and where did western theatre start
Q2 How many people could watch a play at the same time
Q3 Are there still any theatres today
(5) Check the answers
5 Do Activities 23 and 4then show the answers
6 Listening
(1) Listen and choose the correct answer then check the answers
(Activity 5)
(2) Ask the students to listen again and check the true sentences
(Activity6)
(3) Check the answers
7 Reading
(1) Read the passage and choose the correct answer then show the answers (Activity 8)
(2) Come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in the passage
(3) Read the passage in groups and check reading
(4) Read Around the world and answer the questions after reading
Q1：When and where did western theatre start
Q2 How many people could watch a play at the same time
Q3 Are there still any theatres today
(5) Show the answers
通练加强掌握单元语法语言点
通世界文化拓展学生知识面
3 Posttask
(10’)
1 Ask students to work in groups of six Choose a scene from a play and practise it
2 Ask the students to act out the scene in front of the class
3Let students do some exercises and then check
1Work in six
Choose a scene from a play and practise it
2 Act out the scene in front of the class
3 Do some exercises and then check
通表演戏剧中场景培养学生戏剧兴趣热爱
4 Summary
(1’)
Ask the students to say out what to learn
Students conclude the knowledge that they learn
学生总结模块知识点加深理解
5Homework（1’）
Finish the workbook of Unit 3
板书设计
Unit 3 Language in use
I want to go to Lao She Teahouse
She offered to take me to the concert
We planned to watch the play
My mother hopes to see her favourite play
达标训练题
单项选择
（ ）1 Let’s _________ for a walk shall we
____________
A to go B going C go D gone
( ) 2 The boss made the workers ________ the job on time
A finish finished C finishes D to finish
( ) 3 It’s necessary for us __________ Mont Yuntai
A go climbing B go to climb C to go climbing D goes climbing
( ) 4 Mary What’s that A card Linda ______ it _______me yesterday
A sent for B sent to C gives for D gives to
( ) 5 I decide ________ a translator in the future
A be B to be C being D am
二阅读理解
Most people make their living（谋生）with their hands but Bob makes his living with his feet
Bob’s story began in a small city in England His parents were poor Seven people lived in a small house Bob had no place to play but on the street
Bob’s father often played football Little Bob wanted to play football too So his father made a soft （柔软）ball for him to kick It was a sock full of old cloth He kicked it every day
At last Bob learned to kick a real football And after a few years he could play football very well
根短文容选择佳答案
( ) 1People usually make their living ______________
A by learning by themselves B with their feet
C by playing football D with their hands
( ) 2 Which of the following is TRUE
A Bob was born in a small village
B Bob’s house was very big
C There were eight people in the family
D The little boy often played on the street
( ) 3 Why did the father make a soft ball for his son
A Because the family all liked football
B Because Bob also liked to play football
C Because they had a lot of old cloth
D Because he didn’t want to throw the sock away
( ) 4 The word kick in the story means ________
A 踢 B 玩 C 射门 D弹起
( ) 5 From the story we can see _________________
A Bob’s age B it’s about an American boy
C Bob’s mother’s name D the boy became a good football player at last
Module 6 Animals in danger
五十 教学容：Unit1 It allows people to get closer to them
五十二 课型：Listening and speaking
五十三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：snake neck thin danger in danger at last interested allow think of protect grow take away enough look after raise
2动词定式作宾语补足语目状语
3够听懂关保护动物话获取中相关信息
4够谈保护濒危动物
五十四 教学重难点：
1够听懂关保护动物话获取中相关信息
2够谈保护濒危动物（难点）
五十五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
五十六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Play a guessing game Show the students part of a picture and make guess What’s this
2．Free talk
(1)Can animals do something for us
(2) Do you think all animals live in peace
1 Guess and say the sentences
like this I think this is a tiger…
2 Students have the free talk
旧引新先引导学生回顾已学关动物名称活跃课堂气氛
通环节训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students some pictures about some animals show the title of Module 6 and lecture the new words as well
eg snake neck thin danger in danger at last interested allow think of protect grow take away enough look after raise
Watch pictures learn some new words and try to describe them like this The giraffe has long neck and it is very tall…
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and choose
(1)T Now let’s listen and find out
1 What is this week’s Animal World about
A Pandas
B Snake
C Lions’
2 What animals aren’t in danger
A Snakes
B Pandas
C Elephants
2 Listen and watch the video then find out
Why are many animals in danger
3 T：Since so many animals are in danger what can we do to help them (Have students open their books and find out the answer and complete the table in Activity 3)
4 Reading and understanding the dialogue ( have students find out the difficult points)
5Problems solving
Ask the students to read the dialogue in roles And help them solve these important points
1) at last finally in the end
2) Verbs to do
allow sb to do sth
have a safe place to live
need to do sth
want to do sth
pay to do sth
3) take away
4) in danger ＼ peace
5) raise money
6） It’s sad to think of … in danger
6 Have students read the dialogue and try to remember the main idea
1 Listen and choose the right answer
2 The students listen and watch carefully and then find out the answer
3 Read the conversation and find out the answer to the question what can we do to help the animals in danger and complete the table in Activity 3)
4Students open the book and find out the answers Then make them to work together and finish the questions in groups
5Some students read the dialogue and the other students find out difficulties points All the students say the difficulties
and solve together
6 Read the dialogue
听话回答问题改听话选择正确答案降低难度学生循序渐进易难
提高学信心
学生带着务（问题）听话找答案助培养提高学生更加准确听取信息力通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
①Let the students complete the conversation with the correct form of the words form of the words from the box on Activity 4
②Call back the answers
from two students then
read the short passage
in the whole class
2Speaking
Work in pairs
Have students talk with their partners about what we can do to protect animals in danger like this
To protect… we should…
We need to … protect…
1 Complete the retelling on the book
2 Talk about the protections with their partners and share the ideas in class
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适口头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点 锻炼学生胆量
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1Do Activities 1 2 on Page 46
2To check out what animals in danger after class
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module 3 Animals in danger
Unit1 It allows people to get closer to them
1) at last finally in the end
2) Verbs to do allow sb to do sth
have a safe place to live
need to do sth
want to do sth
pay to do sth
3) take away
4) in danger ＼ peace
5) raise money
6） It’s sad to think of … in danger
达标训练题
．翻译列短语：
1 终 ______________ 2允许某做某事__________________
3 …_____________ 4 濒灭绝________________________
5 顾_______________ 6 足够干净水 _____________________
7 保护动物___________ 8 帮助某做某事____________________
9 筹资_______________ 10 夺走_________________________
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1He decided __________ home later
A to go B go C going D go to
( ) 2Tim is ___________ to go to school this term
A to old
B enough old
C old enough
D enough
( ) 3 —People killed whale for their meat
—Yes that’s why the whale are____________
A happy B in peace C in danger D more
( ) 4It’s sad __________ pandas are in danger
A to think B thinks C think D thinking
( ) 5 —Lookthe little boy is crying sadly
— Yes because his elder brother ________ his apple
A took off B took away C gave D raised
Module 6 Animals in danger
五十七 教学容：Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all
五十八 课型：Listening and speaking
五十九 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：research baby scientist produce southwest in order to government set up nature feed symbol
2正确动词定式
3够读懂关濒危动物现状文章明白文章旨意谋篇布局
4够模仿课文写作形式写篇介绍某濒危动物现状短文
六十 教学重难点：
1够读懂关濒危动物现状文章明白文章旨意谋篇布局（重点）
2够模仿课文写作形式写篇介绍某濒危动物现状短文（难点）
六十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
六十二 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Free talk
Do you like animals
What’s your favourite animal
2．T Do you think the animals you like is still live in peace
Show some pictures about people killing animal
1 Have students talk about their favourite animals
2 Students watch and think
旧引新先引导学生进入模块题引起学生注意深思
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students some pictures about our Chinese Treasure panda and show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg research baby scientist produce southwest in order to government set up nature feed symbol
Watch pictures learn some new words
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清读障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage
T Make the students read the passage and match the headings with the paragraphs
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and complete the sentences of Activity3 on Page 45
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
① Get the Ss to read Paragraph 1 and answer What does situation mean
T Now lets check the answers
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③Solve difficulties
1) in the wild
2) have many babies
3) do a lot of research
T Zoos and research centres are trying to look after the pandas well but do you know where do pandas live and what’s their food
Let’s go to the next paragraph
(2)Paragraph 2
① Let’s read together and find out these questions
1) Where do pandas live
2) What’s their food
3) Why are pandas losing their home
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
T Pandas eat too much every day so they are losing home do we do anything to help Now let’s look at the third paragraph
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1) What do government do in order to protect pandas in the wild
2)What will the nature park be
② Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
1) in order to…
2) set up build
3) nature park
4) feed the pandas
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
(4) Paragraph 4
Let’s read the last paragraph together and find out：
Are the pandas the only animal in danger
What does WWF want to protect
T Let’s read the passage together
(4)Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage
T Make the students read the passage and match the headings with the paragraphs
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and finish Activity 3
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Read Paragraph 1 and answer What does situation mean
②A volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③Solve difficulties
(2)Paragraph 2
①Read and find out the answers to the questions
1) Where do pandas live
2） What’s their food
3） Why are pandas losing their home
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1) What do government do in order to protect pandas in the wild
2)What will the nature park be
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
1) in order to…
2) set up build
3) nature park
4) feed the pandas
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
(4) Paragraph 4
Let’s read the last paragraph together and find out：
Are the pandas the only animal in danger
What does WWF want to protect
T Let’s read the passage together
(4)Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
求学生快速阅读文章标题文段相匹配
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力突出模块重点句式整体握文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
①Let the students complete the conversation with the correct form of the words form of the words from the box on Activity 4
②Call back the answers
from two students then
read the short passage
in the whole class
2Writing
Read Activities 5&6 then imitate the example to write a short passage with the help of the following information
Name
South China tiger
Situation
100 left and few in the wild
Home
Forest and mountains of South China
Food
Other animals
Why in danger
People kill them their home is getting smaller
How to save them
Protect their home and stop the killing
Set up nature parks
You may begin like this
South China tigers live in forest and mountains in the …
1 Complete the conversation on the book
2 Writing
Write the short passage
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适笔头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the passage after school and remember the new words
2To finish writing the short passage about the South China Tigers
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module 6 Animals in danger
Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all
in the wild have many babies
in order to… set up build
nature park feed the pandas
do a lot of research in order to…
set up build nature park
feed the pandas
达标训练题
．完成列句子：
1保护熊猫政府正建立然公园
In order to protect the pandas the government is ________ ________ the nature parks
2熊猫濒灭绝Pandas are ________ ______________
3找更保护动物方法做许研究
They do a lot research ________ _______ ______ the best way ____ ______ animals
4熊猫天需吃量竹子
Each panda ___________ _______ ______ a lot of bamboo every day
5正生病妈妈
He is _________ _________ his sick mother
二短文填空：
The panda is one of the animals most in 1________There are about 1600 pandas in the 2___________ today Pandas live in the forests and mountains of 3_________ China They mainly live on 4____________ and each panda needs a lot of bamboo Because of many reasons the bamboo forests are getting 5__________ so pandas are losing their home In order to protect pandas the government is 6_________ up nature parks
Module 6 Animals in danger
六十三 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
六十四 课型：Listening and speaking
六十五 教学目标：
1够正确模块单词短语
2正确动词定式
3够读懂关濒危动物现状文章明白文章旨意谋篇布局
4够写篇介绍某濒危动物现状短文
六十六 教学重难点：
运学知识介绍某濒危动物
六十七 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
六十八 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1 Give instructions of guessing game
2 Show the pictures about animals and have them talk about them and discuss what we can do to help save these animals
1 Play a guessing game a volunteer like some kind of animals or make noise about them other students guess like this
I think it’s a …
2 The students discuss the ways to help protect animals in danger using infinitive structures
Review and consolidate the new words and some phrases
2 Whiletask(17’)
1 Have the students finish Activities1 2 3 and then check the answers
1Do Activities1 2 3 complete the sentences with the correct form of the words and expression from the box
Review and consolidate the verbs and the phrases just learned in the first two units
2Ask the students to summarize the usage of verb + to do
(1)ask sb to do sth ( tell want encourage warn suggest allow…)
(2) want to do sth
( need stop agree decide expect hope help learn offer plan refuse try begin and forgetremember)
3 Have students finish Activity 45 &6 to consolidate the language points
4 Students finish Activity 7 to consolidate the important expressions
2 The students make a summary of verb + to do
3 Do the exercise of Activity 45&6
4 Do the exercise and remember the useful expressions
Consolidate expressions and main sentence structure that they’ve learned
5Listening of Activity 8
5 Practice the listening
To practice the listening
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Organization
2 Organization
1Students find out what other animals in danger around the world
2 Make a report about how to save the animals in danger
1To practice the skill of speaking
2 Enable students to talk about their ideas of protecting these animals
3 Make a plan to set up a wildlife club
3 Make a plan of setting up a wildlife club What can we do for them
To practice the skill of writing
4 Summary
(1’)
Sum up the key structure verb + to be
Students conclude the usage of the key structure
Let the students internalize the grammar they’ve learned in this module
5 Homework（1’）
Write a plan for the wildlife club in groups
板书设计
Module 6
Unit 3 Language in use
It allows people to get closer to them
We all need to help animals live in peace
Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible
In order to protect pandas in the wild the government is setting up nature parks
达标训练题
选择正确答案：
（ ）1 We decide ______the computer games because it’s bad for our eyes
A to play B not to play C playing D play
( ) 2 — Your sister is ill I’m sorry to hear that
— Yes so I must _______ her
A see B look at
C look out D look after
( ) 3In order ________ pandas we must grow more bamboo
A save B to save C saving D save to
( ) 4 I’m _________ in the __________ story book
A interested interested B interesting interesting
C interested interesting D interesting interested
( )5 Her mother told him _________ go home early
A to go B goes C go D going
二 词适形式填空：
1 It was interesting __________ (watch) the Animal World
2 ________ (see) is __________ (believe)
3 The little girl wanted ________ (buy) the beautiful skirt
4 My teacher often asks us _________ (study) hard
5 He likes to help government ___________ ( protect) animals in danger
6 Look at these __________(baby) They are so lovely
7 It took the students 20mimutes _________ (finish) the exercise
8 Let’s find out what else we can do __________ (save) as many animals as possible
9 They let the animals in danger _________(live) in the nature parks
10 Can you make the little boy _____________( laugh)
Module 7 A famous story
六十九 教学容：Unit 1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river
七十 课型：Listening and speaking
七十 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组： fall fall down follow hole ground by the river have a tea party
2够正确进行时
3够听懂包含进行时童话事掌握事意理解事
4够询问描述关正发生事情动作
七十二 教学重难点：
1够听懂包含进行时童话事掌握事意理解事（重点）
2够询问描述关正发生事情动作（难点）
七十三 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
七十四 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Play a guessing game Do actions and ask Now boys and girls do you know what am I doing
2．T Good Last night at about 800 I was reading a book
1 Guess and say the sentences
like this You are sleeping… You are drinking… make the students do the actions and the other students guess like this He is fishing… She’s …
2 Listen and get to know the story book
旧引新先引导学生回顾相似语法结构 be doing
通环节引导学生般现进行时进行时进行简单解训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students the famous story book and introduce the book briefly then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg fall fall down follow hole ground by the river have a tea party
Watch pictures learn some new words
fall fall down follow hole ground by the river have a tea party
利图片呈现新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and match
(1)Ask students to finish Activity1
2Listen again and number the pictures
3 T The story is interesting Do you know the name of the story
Now let’s watch the video and find out
4 Reading
T Good job Please open your book and complete the notes of Activity3 on Page57
5 Problems solving
Ask the students to read the dialogue in roles And help them solve these important points
1) What’s the book about
2) Alice was sitting with her sister by the river…
was ＼ were + doing
3) It ran past
4) fall down ＼ fall off ＼ fall behind
5) in a tree ＼ on a tree
6) smile at ＼ laugh at
7) have a (tea ＼ birthday)party
1 Listen and number the words as you hear them
2 Finish Activity2
3The students watch carefully and find out the answer
4 Students open the book and find out the answers Then make them to work together and complete the notes in groups
5Some students read the dialogue and the other students find out difficulties points All the students say the difficulties
and solve together
通听力训练学生熟悉事容
进步听说学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）听话找答案助培养提高学生更加准确听取信息力通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Lingling is reading a book 1________ a girl 2___________ Alice One day Alice was 3________ with her sister by the 4________ and she saw a white 5_________with a watch It was running to see the Queen of Hearts Alice 6________ it and fell down a 7________ in the ground Then she saw the Cheshire Cat It was sitting 8_______ a tree and 9_______ at everyone… The book is famous in Britain and everyone knows the story It is called Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland
2Speaking
Work in pairs
Have students ask and answer like this
What were you doing at 5pm yesterday
I was playing basketball
1 Complete the retelling according to the dialogue
2 Make dialogues
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适口头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the dialogue after school and remember the new words
2 To copy the new words
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
七板书设计：
Module 3 A famous story
Unit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river
fall down 1) What’ the book about
smile at It’s about a girl called…
in a tree
arrive at ＼ in 2) Alice was sitting with her sister by a river and she saw a …
have a tea party was ＼ were + doing sth
达标训练题
．词适形式填空：
1 Listen Someone __________ (sing) beautifully in the next room
2 What _______ you _______ (do) yesterday
3 She is kind and she always ________ (smile) at others
4 Alice followed it and _________ (fall) down a hole in the ground
5 I __________ (run) in the park at 600 this morning
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1—What________ you doing
— I was doing my homework at that time
A do B did C was D were
( ) 2 Look the girl ___________ a kite
A was flying B flies C is flying D were flying
( ) 3 There are many birds singing ________ the big tree
A in B on C at D by
( ) 4 We __________ a birthday party at 700 last night
A had B has C was having D were having
( ) 5 —What’s the film about
— It’s about a boy _________ Harry Potter
A call B called C calling D calls
Module 7 A famous story
_
七十五 教学容：Unit 2 She was thinking about her cat
七十六 课型：Listening and speaking
七十七 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：twice once or twice suddenly pink pocket field think about deep while dry
2读懂包含进行时童话事掌握事致情节物事件先序
3够进行时课文进行续写
4够结合图片影视等材料讲童话事
七十八 教学重难点：
1读懂包含进行时童话事掌握事致情节物事件先序（重点）
2够进行时课文进行续写（难点）
七十九 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
八十 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Free talk
T I was watching a film at 900 last night What about you Jack And how about your father What was he doing at that time
1 Have students talk about what they were doing at 900 last night
旧引新先引导学生进入模块题
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students a picture and ask Look at this picture is it strange
Why do you think it’s strange
Then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg
twice once or twice suddenly pink pocket field think about deep while dry
Watch pictures learn some new words
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清读障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage
T Make the students read the passage and answer the question
What was Alice thinking about while she was falling down a rabbit hole
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and number the events in the order they happened(Activity3)
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①The whole class read together and answer these two questions
1) What was Alice and her sister doing by the river
2) Then what ran by them
T Now lets check the answers
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③Solve difficulties
4) have nothing ＼ something to do
5) once or twice
6) without He left without saying goodbye to me
T Alice saw a white rabbit ran by It was not strange at all But it was not a common rabbit It was very different Why Let’s look at the next part
(2)Paragraph 2
4) ①T Now I want someone to read the passage for us and we find out the words that proves the rabbit was different
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
1)… the rabbit say Oh dear Oh dear I’ll be late
2) Then the rabbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked at it
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
1) nothing strange something anything…
2) take sth out of sw
3) run across…
4) To identify see sb do sth ＼ see sb doing sth
T The rabbit hole is big And Alice followed the rabbit And what happened to her Would she be dangerous Let’s go on to the last part
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1)Was the rabbit hole deep
2)Was the hole bright enough to see everything clearly
3） What did Alice land on at last
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
1) She found that she was falling… (find sb do sth ＼ doing sth)
2) It was too dark for her to see anything ( too … for sb to do sth)
eg He is too young to go to school this year
3) While she was falling she was thinking about he cat…
4)land on…
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
T Let’s read the passage together
(4)Ask the students
read the passage together make sure they understand it well
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and find out the answer
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and finish Activity 3
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Read and find out the answers to the questions
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③ Ask a little teacher to solve difficulties
(2)Paragraph 2
4） ①Listen to someone to read and find out the key words that describe the strange white rabbit
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1)Was the rabbit hole deep
2)Was the hole bright enough to see everything clearly
3） What did Alice land on at last
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
(4)Ask the students
read the passage together make sure they understand it well
求学生快速阅读文章找问题答案
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力理清事发展序整体握文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Let the students retell the story
1 Do the retelling
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适笔头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Alice and her sister were sitting1)___the river Her sister 2)____ reading but Alice had 3)_______ to do Suddenly a white rabbit 4)____ pink eyes 5)_____ past her Alice felt very 6)______ when she saw the rabbit 7)_____ out a watch from its pocket Alice ran quickly 8)______ the field 9)_____ the rabbit The rabbit went into a rabbit 10)_____and Alice followed
2 Writing
Imagine what happened to Alice next First let the students talk about this and then make them write down according to Actvity5
2 Writing
Write the short passage
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the passage after school and remember the new words
2To finish writing your own story of Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module 7 A famous story
Unit 2 She was thinking about her cat
have nothing ＼ something to do 1) She found that she was falling… (find sb do sth ＼ doing sth) To identify see sb do sth ＼ see sb doing sth
once or twice 2) It was too dark for her to see anything ( too … for sb to do sth) eg He is too young to go to school this year
nothing stranges
take sth out of sw 3) While she was falling she was thinking about he cat…
run across…
land on…
达标训练题
选择正确答案：
( )1 When you walk ________ the street you must look left and right
A across B cross C pass D past
( )2 My sister _______ TV when I got home
A is watching B watched C was watching D watches
( )3 The girl _________ big eyes is my best friend
A of B has C have D with
( )4 There is ___________ in the book I don’t want to read it
A something interesting B nothing interesting
C anything interesting D everything interesting
( )5 I saw my classmates ________ the classroom just now
A cleaning B to clean C cleaned D clean
二短文填空：
Alice and her sister were sitting 1___________ the river Her sister was 2___________ a book but Alice had 3_________ to do Suddenly a white rabbit 4_________ pink eyes 5__________ past her Alice felt very 6________ when she saw the rabbit 7___________ out a watch from its pocket Alice ran quickly 8__________ the field 9____________ the rabbit The rabbit went down a rabbit 10_________ and Alice followed it
Module 7 A famous story
八十 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
八十二 课型：Listening and speaking
八十三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：fall follow hole ground twice once or twice suddenly pink pocket field think about deep while dry
2正确进行时
3够读懂含进行时童话事寻找找童话事寓言事等进行阅读训练
4够讲事方式介绍历
八十四 教学重难点：
1 够读懂含进行时童话事寻找找童话事寓言事等进行阅读训练（重点）
2 够讲事方式介绍历（难点）
八十五 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
八十六 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the wonderful parts of the film Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland
1Say hello to each other
2 The students enjoy the film
Review and consolidate the new words and some phrases
2 Whiletask(17’)
1 Show the students some pictures of the story have them talk about the pictures and get to know the hole story then finish Activity 6 on Page 61
1Tell the story in groups and try to use the language points they’ve learnt in this module and then complete the passage with the words in the box(Activity6)
Review and consolidate the verbs and the phrases just learned in the first two units
2Free talk
A What were you doing at…last night
B I was doing…
3Ask the students to summarize the usage of were ＼ was + doing
4 Have students finish Activity 15 to consolidate the language points
2 Students make the dialogues and share in class with the other students
3The students make a summary of were ＼ was + doing
4 Do the exercise of Activity 15
Consolidate expressions and main sentence structure that they’ve learned
5Listening and reading(Activity 8)
5 Practice the listening and the reading comprehension
To practice the listening and the reading
3 Posttask
(19’)
Organization
1Students learn to tell the others some experience of themselves according to Activity 7
To practice the skill of speaking
4 Summary
(1’)
Sum up the key structure were ＼ was +doing
Students conclude the usage of the key structure
Let the students internalize the grammar they’ve learned in this module
5 Homework（1’）
1 Remember all the new words and useful expressions of this module
2 Finish the exercise on the workbook
3 Try to share one’s own experience of themselves with other people
板书设计
Module7 A famous story
Unit 3 Language in use
Alice was sitting with her sister by the river
It was sitting in a tree and smiling at everyone
They were having a tea party in the garden
Where was it going
was ＼ were + doing
达标训练题
词适形式填空：
1 They ran away without _______(say) sorry to me
2We have a lot of homework ________(do) tonight
3 The boy fell off a tree and _________(land) on the ground
4 It was too dark for me __________ (see) anything in the room
5 Please _________ (take) your book out of your bag
二完形填空：
Yesterday was a busy day We went to the 1 and had a picnic there In the morning we all got up early and were busy packing our lunch We were going to the park very early so that we had lots of time 2
It was a sunny day and we felt 3 In the park we found a big tree and some birds 4 in it We took out our sheets and 5 put them under the big tree and brought out our lunch boxes Then some of us sent cycling and some went to climb the hill but I played hopscotch I like the 6 and I’m always the winner
When my classmates 7 the big tree we had lunch together We shared the food with each other and ate happily After lunch our teacher decided 8 us to row a boat We saw many fishes 9 in the water They were very beautiful and in different 10 red blue black and even golden
At about 300 in the afternoon we left the park and went home All of us had a wonderful time
( ) 1 A cinema B park C hospital D school
( ) 2 A to play B play C played D playing
( ) 3 A exciting B boring C excited D bored
( ) 4 A were singing B sing C are singing D sang
( ) 5 A putting B to put C puts D put
( ) 6 A game B house C name D way
( ) 7 A arrived in B came back to C left for D landed on
( ) 8 A taking B took C take D to take
( ) 9 A to swim B swam C swimming D swim
( ) 10 A rooms B colors C sizes D names
Module 8 Accidents
八十七 教学容：Unit 1 While the lights were changing to red a car suddenly appeared
八十八 课型：Listening and speaking
八十九 教学目标：
1 To mater the words and phrases round corner hit glad in time side by side fall off pay attention to
2 To listen and understand what was happening at a specific time
3 To understand conversations about accidents
4 To talk about what was happening at a specific time
5 To know how to avoid accidents
九十 教学重难点：
1够运进行时简单叙述发生事
2进行时whilewhen法
九十 教学准备：
课指导学生通听力获取信息培养学生听力技课堂采媒体手段辅助教学轻松愉快氛围中较真实语境联系学生生活实际结合已知识验运学语言基础知识学互相学学生语言实践中相互启发生成体验成功培养学生合作精神发展思维想象等力教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
九十二 预求：
i 根音标学课新单词
九十三 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1Organize the Ss to see a video of the accidents and answer
（1）What is the movie about
2 Free talk
Talk something about the movie and ask the students
We should obey the traffic rules
1 See the video and try to answer the questions
2 Talk something about the movie with the students
学生观国外交通安全宣传片通视频回答问题引入天题通环节调动课堂气氛吸引学生学兴趣
Step Two
Pretask(6’)
Task1Check the new words
1Show some pictures and things to get the students to say out the new words
2Organize the students to read the new words together
3Play a game
What is missing
1See the pictures and things to say out the new words
2 Read the new words together
3 Play a game What is missing
引导学生谈ppt图片检查学生词汇掌握程度训练学生表达力通图片情景学单词做词离句Check完词汇玩单词记忆游戏加深学生新单词记忆
Step Three
Whiletask (23’)
Task2listening
(1) Play the tape ask students to listen and underline the correct words (Activity 2)
(2)Guide the students to listen to the conversation and answer the questions (Activity 3)
①Did the car hit the boy
②________ was talking on his mobile phone
Task 3 Reading
(1) Organize the students to look at the video to understand the conversation
(2)Ask the Ss to work with their groups to read the conversation
(3) Organize the students to compete in groups
Task 4 Solve the language points
(1)Organize students to find out the language points when they are reading and then check
(2)Help the students to solve the difficult points
(1) Listen to the tape and underline the correct words Then check
(2) Listen to the conversation and and answer the questions Then check
(1) Look at the video
(2) Read the conversation in groups
(3) Organize the students to compete in groups
(1) Students show out some language points the other students listen to them carefully and note
(2)solve the difficult points with the teacher’s help
利听读练方式加强学生课文理解培养学生细节听力技巧够听取信息训练培养学生细节听力技巧
通视频听读话帮助学生进步理解课文容
组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言培养团结合作精神
通学生阅读中找出相关短语展示培养学生胆量培养学力
Step Four
Posttask
(11’)
Task 6Do some speaking
(1) Ask the students to talk about what he was doing when the accident happened according to the pictures ( Activity 6)
(2) Have the Ss act out their new dialogues
Task 7
Talk about the risk of an accident when you are riding a bike
Task 8 See some interesting movies and learn
What else can we docan’t do to avoid the accidents
Task 9 Ask students to do some
exercises and then check
(1) Make dialogues in groups with the teacher’s help
(2) Act out the new dialogues
Talk about the risk of an accident when you are riding a bike
See some interesting movies and learn
What else can we docan’t do to avoid the accidents
Task 9 Do the exercises then check
通做话训练学生说力学生加深课文容理解适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
通讨学文章中骑行车注意事项进步通观短视频形式延伸道课外交通规学生感兴趣学生铭记交通规
通笔头练进步巩固学
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Homework
请根面简介An Accident 题写篇少80词文章
1 周四午四学生正放学回家路（on their way home ）
2 突然辆卡车（truck）拐角处快速开
3 时骑车女摔倒碰伤膝盖（fell off hurt one’s knee)中拨电话报警伤者送进医院
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
堂训练
．单项选择
1 Safety comes first We should _______ to keep safe on the road
① obey the traffic (交通) rules
② be careful of passing cars and buses
③ run fast after others
④ not read the messages on our mobile phones
⑤ play basketball with our friends
A ①②④ B ①③⑤ C ②④⑤
2 I ______ a meal when you _____ me
A cooked were ringing B was cooking were ringing
C was cooking rang D cooked rang
3 They _____ a football game from 7 to 9 last night
A were watching B watch C watched D are watching
4 Would the driver see him _________
A on time B in time C for time D at time
5 The old man _________ his bike yesterday afternoon
A fell off B fell down C fell of D fell up
6 Everyone should pay attention ____ the risk of the accident
A for B to C at D under
Module 8 Accidents
教学容：Unit 2 I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again
二 课型：Reading and writing
三 教学目标：
1掌握单元单词短语：bite climb hide throw fridge pain worse medicine
2根图片预测文理解作者通事传达信息够理解语篇中事发生序学遇突发事件时应沉着冷静量想办法救安全意识
3够仿范文进行时发生已周围事进行描述报道
四教学重难点：
1 理解解语篇中事
2 够仿范文进行时发生已周围事进行描述报道
五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
六 预求：
根音标学课新单词
七教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (5’)
1Lead in
(1) Let the students to talk about what you can do with a mobile phone
What can you use a mobile phone to do
(2)T Do you know that a mobile phone can save a person’s life
Show out the title and lead into the passage)
(1) To talk about what I can do with a mobile phone
If I have a mobile phone I can…
(2) Read the title together
通轻松话题引导学生进入单元课文活跃课堂气氛形中培养学生胆说英语惯
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1 Presentation
Show the picture and help the students say what is happening (Activity2)
Use these questions to guide them
A What is the man’s job
B Where’s he
C Where’s the snake
D What’s the man doing
E Why did the man take a photo of the snake
2 Learn the new words
(1) While the students talk about the picture they learn the new words
(2) Check the new words
Look at the pictures to say what is happening
Talk about the picture and learn the new words
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述物品物力描述时学新单词句型学生扫清阅读障碍
Step Three
While
reading (18’)
1 Scanning (Fast reading)
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and answer
Which paragraph is the main idea of the passage
2 Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1&2
①Ask the students to read the Paragraph 1&2 and answer the following questions
1 What did Henry do when a snake appeared
2 Where did the snake bite him
3 When and where was the snake from
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(2)Paragraph 3 &4
①Present some sentences to the students and ask them to read paragraph 3&4 and check the sentences
1 Henry threw the snake across the kitchen ( )
2 Henry used his mobile phone to take a photo with the snake ( )
3 The snake hid under a table ( )
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(3)Paragraph 5&6
(1) Ask the students to read Paragraphs 5 & 6 and tell the sentences T or F
1 Soon Henry’s hand began to hurt and then he hurried to hospital ( )
2 At first doctors could help him and knew what kind of snake it was（ ）
3 When the doctor knew the kind of snake they couldn’t give Mr Jackson the right medicine ( )
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(4)Paragraph 7
①Let the students read the Paragraph 7 and fill in the blanks
If a snake _______you _____ ______your phone Take ____photo first and then _____the photo ______the doctors suggests Mr Jackson
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(5) Skimming
Ask the students to read the passage again and choose the correct answer (Activity 4)
1 The snake bit Henry again when
a) he was throwing it across the chicken
b) he was trying to pick it up
c) it was climbing out of a box
2 When Henry was trying to find the snake
a) he could take a photo
b) the snake became cool
c) his hand began to hurt badly
3 Henry hurried to hospital because______
a) his hand was hurting
b) he had a photo of the snake
c) the doctors called him on his mobile phone
4 The doctors gave Henry the right medicine after____
a) they knew what kind of snake bit him
b) they saw the snake in the photo
c) he left hospital the next day
(1) Scan the passage and answer the question：
Which paragraph is the main idea of the passage
(The last paragraph)
①Read paragraph 1&2 and answer the following questions
1 What did Henry do when a snake appeared
2 Where did the snake bite him
3 When and where was the snake from
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
①Read Paragraph 3&4 and check the sentences
1 Henry threw the snake across the kitchen ( )
2 Henry used his mobile phone to take a photo with the snake ( )
3 The snake hid under a table ( )
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(1) Ask the students to read Paragraphs 5 & 6 and tell the sentences T or F
1 Soon Henry’s hand began to hurt and then he hurried to hospital ( )
2 At first doctors could help him and knew what kind of snake it was（ ）
3 When the doctor knew the kind of snake they couldn’t give Mr Jackson the right medicine ( )
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
①Read the Paragraph 7 and fill in the blanks
If a snake _______you _____ ______your phone Take ____photo first and then _____the photo ______the doctors suggests Mr Jackson
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
To read the passage again and choose the correct answer (Activity 4)
1 The snake bit Henry again when
a) he was throwing it across the chicken
b) he was trying to pick it up
c) it was climbing out of a box
2 When Henry was trying to find the snake
a) he could take a photo
b) the snake became cool
c) his hand began to hurt badly
3 Henry hurried to hospital because______
a) his hand was hurting
b) he had a photo of the snake
c) the doctors called him on his mobile phone
4 The doctors gave Henry the right medicine after____
a) they knew what kind of snake bit him
b) they saw the snake in the photo
c) he left hospital the next day
求学生快速阅读文章回答问题帮助学生理解课文容
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力进步理解文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1 Retell
①Let the students complete the passage with the correct form of the words in the box
（Activity 5）
A snake out of a box of bananas and____ somewhere When Henry was working the snake bit him He _______ the snake on a table and took its photo When he was trying to find the snake his hand began to _______ badly At the hospital the _______ got worse The doctors sent the photo to a zoo After they found out what kind of snake bit him they gave him the right _______
② Call back the answers and ask two students to retell the passage
2Writing
①Write a short story about an accident
Pay attention to words and expressions
One day…
A few days earlier…
…when…
While…
When…was…
As…
As soon as
② Give the students two topics and they can choose one of them to write it
Topic1 found a man
robbing (抢劫) Tom
called the police
saved his life
Topic 2 a dog bit a boy called for help
saw the doctor
took some medicine
③Use the words and expressions to write a new story Start with
One day I was walking alone in the city late at night Suddenly…
①）Complete the passage with the word in the box
(Activity 5)
A snake out of a box of bananas and____ somewhere When Henry was working the snake bit him He _______ the snake on a table and took its photo When he was trying to find the snake his hand began to _______ badly At the hospital the _______ got worse The doctors sent the photo to a zoo After they found out what kind of snake bit him they gave him the right _______
②Call back the answers then
retell the short passage
①Write a short story about an accident
Pay attention to words and expressions
One day…
A few days earlier…
…when…
While…
When…was…
As…
As soon as
② Choose one of the topics to write a short story
Topic1 found a man
robbing (抢劫) Tom
called the police
saved his life
Topic 2 a dog bit a boy called for help
saw the doctor
took some medicine
③Use the words and expressions to write a new story Start with
One day I was walking alone in the city late at night Suddenly…
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
通写作学生巩固学增强写作力适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
Step Five
Summary（1’）
1 Give some advice to the students when they are in trouble or in danger
Tips If you are in danger or in trouble stay cool
Use the technology it may help you
…
2Get the students to sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss…
3 Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1 Learn some skills from the teacher when you are in trouble or in danger
Tips If you are in danger or in trouble stay cool
Use the technology it may help you
…
2 Sum up the language points
3 To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a short story about an accident
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
四 八板书设计：Unit 2 I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again
bite one’s hand… T1 T2 T3
a few days earlier
pick up
hurt badly
climb out take out
as soon as
九达标训练题
单项选择
( ) 1 I ______ a meal when you _____ me
A cooked were ringing B was cooking rang
C was cooking were ringing D cooked rang
( ) 2 There is something dirty on the floor Please _________
A pick B pick it C pick up it D pick it up
（ ）3 How are you feeling now
I’m feeling even ________
A well B good C ill D worse
（ ）4I will tell him the good news _________ he comes back
A as soon as B as C as soon D soon
( )5 He feel off the bike Luckily he ______ himself badly
A hurt B hurts C didn’t hurt D doesn’t hurt
二根中文提示完成列句子
1 前段时间发现许游戏
I found many games _______________
2 猫掉进洞里爬出
The cat fell into the hole and couldn＇t __________ it
3 电话响起起话筒
The phone rang and I ___________
4 拍张酒店片
Let’s ____________ of the hotel
5 许手乱扔香烟头
Many people ________ ________cigarette ends here and there
Module 8 Accidents
五 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
六 课型：Revision and application
七 教学目标：
1 正确运模块词汇短语
2够正确运when while
3够谈特定时间正发生事
4运学知识写篇事报道
八 教学重难点：
掌握进行时法通组合作写篇事报道
九 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
十 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（8’）
Revision
Show some pictures and ask students to discuss in pairs and make sentences like these
(1) I was listening to music when the accident happened
(2) My father was reading books when the bell rang
…
Discuss in pairs and make sentences like these
(1) I was listening to music when the accident happened
(2) My father was reading books when the bell rang
…
复巩固学知识点
2 Whiletask(20’)
1Explain the grammar to the students Past continuous with adverbial clauses (when while)
2 Let the students do Activity 1 then check the answers
3 Ask the students to work in pairs Talk about what Tony and the students did last Saturday ( Activity 2)
For example
－ Last Saturday while Tony was playing in the park I was visiting my grandparents
4 Let the students to show their sentences
1 Listen to the teacher to explain the grammar Past continuous with adverbial clauses (when while)
2 Do Activity 1：Complete the sentences with when or while
3 work in pairs Talk about what Tony and the students did last Saturday ( Activity 2)
For example
－ Last Saturday while Tony was playing in the park I was visiting my grandparents
4 Say out the sentences
复巩固前面两单元掌握语法词汇
5 Ask the students to do Activities 3 4 and 5 individually then check the answers
6 Listening
(1) Let the students listen and complete the accident report
(Activity 6)
(2) Check the answers
7 Reading
(1) Read the passage and check the true sentences then check the answers from the whole class
(Activity7)
(2) Read the passage again and choose the correct answer then call back the answers
(3) Organize two students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in the passage
(3) Read the passage in groups and check reading
(4) Ask students to read Around the world and then answer the questions after reading
Q1：What’s the title
Q2 Where did the accident happen
Q3 What happened to the US Airway Flight 1549
Q4 How did Chesley Sullenberger and the crew do
(5) Check the answers
5 Do Activities 34 and 5then show the answers
6 Listening
(1) Listen and complete the accident report then check the answers in groups
(Activity 6)
(2) Show the answers
7 Reading
(1) Read the passage and check the true sentences then check the answers from the whole class
(Activity7)
(2) Read the passage again and choose the correct answer then show the answers
(3) Come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in the passage
(3) Read the passage in groups and check reading
(4) Read Around the world and answer the questions after reading
Q1：What’s the title
Q2 Where did the accident happen
Q3 What happened to the US Airway Flight 1549
Q4 How did Chesley Sullenberger and the crew do
(5) Show the answers
通练加强掌握单元语法语言点
通世界文化拓展学生知识面
3 Posttask
(10’)
1 Ask students to work in groups of six Think about a recent accident they know Write notes
A When and where did it happen
B why did it happen
C How did it happen
D What happened after the accident
2 Use their notes and write sentences for their notes report about the accident
3 Read out their reports to the class
4 Let students do some exercises and then check
1 Work in groups of six Think about a recent accident they know Write notes
A When and where did it happen
B why did it happen
C How did it happen
D What happened after the accident
2 Use their notes and write sentences for their notes report about the accident
3 Read out their reports to the class
4 Do some exercises and then check
通组合作完成期知道事进行报道培养学生口头表达力培养学生写作力时学生懂安全意识
4 Summary
(1’)
Ask the students to say out what to learn
Students conclude the knowledge that they learn
学生总结模块知识点加深理解
5Homework（1’）
Finish the workbook of Unit 3
板书设计
Unit 3 Language in use
Language practice
进行时：语+waswere + 动词现分词
When + 般时句句进行时
While +进行时句 句进行时
达标训练题
二 单项选择
（ ）1 When I got home my son ________ the music
A am listening B listened C was listening to D listened to
( ) 2 My mother ________ while my father _________ TV
A cooked was watching B was cooking was watching
C cooked watched D was cooking watched
( ) 3 As she _______ the newspaper Granny _______ asleep
A read was falling B was reading fell
C was reading was falling D read fell
( ) 4 My uncle was reading newspaper _________ my aunt was cooking dinner
A when B while C what D as
( ) 5 We ______ for Tom at ten last Sunday He often kept us _________
A was waiting waiting B were waiting wait
C waited waiting D waited wait
二阅读理解
If you go to Beijing and Shanghai you can see the same and the different points between them In some ways they look the same in some ways they look different Both of them have tall buildings and wide streets although some buildings in Shanghai are taller than in Beijing They are both important in China Beijing is the capital of China there are more places of interest there but Shanghai is the biggest city in China Now they are becoming more and more important in China
根短文容选择佳答案
( ) 1Some buildings in ______ are taller than in Beijing
A Shanghai B Xi’an C Tianjin D Chongqing
( ) 2 Shanghai is the _______ city in China
A tallest B biggest C smallest D busiest
( ) 3The underlined word point means _______
A 想法 B 点 C 容 D 意
( ) 4 Beijing has more _______ than Shanghai
A places of interest B buildings
C wide streets D people
( ) 5 Which of the following statements is RIGHT according to the passage
A Shanghai is the capital of China
B The buildings in Beijing are taller than in Shanghai
C Shanghai is the largest city in China
D Shanghai has more places of interest
Module 9 Population
十二 教学容：Unit 1 The population of China is about 137 billion
十三 课型：Listening and speaking
十四 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：noise prepare notes report grow hand on等
2够听懂谈口话够听辨写出数字
3够数字谈口问题
十五 教学重难点：
1 够听懂谈口话
2 够运学知识谈口问题
十六 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式听说课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通听录音获取话信息培养学生听力技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程
节课需准备：PPT课件课堂练表格奖品
十七 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Step 1 Leadin
T Do you know how many people there are now in the world
S …
T It’s about 7 billion And how about China
S …
Step 2 Free talk
Show some pictures and let Ss look at them and talk about something with them
Answer the questions
1 How many people are there in the world now
2 How about China
Enjoy some pictures about population in the world and China now
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step 3 New words
T1 The teacher shows the pictures of new words and let Ss say the new words as quickly as possible
T2 Let Ss read the new words and expressions
T3 Let Ss look and say
too many _______
↓
too much _______
too much _______
That causes many _______
S1 Look and say
Look at the pictures and say the new words as quickly as possible
S2 Read the new words and expressions one by one
S3 Look at the picture and talk about it
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step Three
While
task(24’)
Step 4 Listening
1 Play the tape in Activity 2
2 Play the tape in Activity 3
3 Play the tape in Activity 3 again
Step 5 Reading
6 Let Ss read the conversation and then choose the correct answer in Act4
7 Let Ss read in roles
3 Solve the difficulties
1Listen to Activity 2 and choose the correct answer
1) What’s the population of Beijing
A About 11 million
B About 20 million
C About 13 million
2)What’s the population of Chongqing
A About 28 million
B About 36 million
C More than 33 million
2 Listen to Activity 3 and answer
1)What is the boy doing
2)What’s the big problem in many countries now
3 Listen to Activity 3 again and complete the notes in Activity 3 Then open the books read the conversation and check the answers
1Read the conversation and then choose the correct answer in Act4
2Have a competition
3 Find out some key phrases and structures from the conversation
听英语学中关键部分常规听力练中提高学生听力 掌握话整体意义
听学生听程中加信息输入时问答程中加深话理解
读话旨学生掌握话具体信息通选择检查学生话初步理解程度
学生寻找重点词组句型
Step Four
Posttask
(10’)
Step6 Let Ss try to retell the conversation by some pictures and the key words
Retell the conversation
Tony is _____ some notes for a report called … Beijing is a ____ city with a large _____
运相关语言知识通口头训练掌握模块重句型
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Copy the new words and expressions in this unit
2 Try to recite the conversation next class
Copy the homework
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
十二 板书设计：
Module 9 Population
Unit 1 The population of China is about 137 billion
That makes over 1314 million births a year
That’s almost one fifth of the world’s population…
组评价
T1
T2
达标训练题
单项选择(5分)
1 Beijing has got ______population of more than 138 million
A the B a C an D
2 I don’t like ______people and ______traffic in the big city
A too much too many B many too too much
C too many too much D too many much too
3 A billion is one thousand______
A hundred B thousand C million D millions
4 The population of Shanghai is______
A large B small C many D much
5 The ______traffic stopped me from going to school on time yesterday So I was late
A heavy B crowded C fast D quick
二完形填空(5分)
It seems that the cities in the future will have to change Because the world’s population__1__ there will be__2__people in the cities tomorrow
It may be__3__for any family to live in a house with land around itThere__4__enough space for them__5__to solve this problem may be the skyscraper city (摩天城)
1 A has grown B is growing C are growing D have grown
2 A many B much C more D larger
3 A impossible B possible C important D necessary
4 A aren’t B won’t be C won’t have D haven’t
5 A A way BA road C An answer D An idea
Module 9 Population
二 教学容：Unit 2 Arnwick was a city with 200000 people
二课型：Reading and writing
三教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：rubbish quiet close down pupil solve等
2正确列句型：Parkville was near Arnwick a city with 200000 people
… Arnwick became a city with ove a million people
3够读懂涉口问题文章掌握文章意
4够描述口环境类问题提出解决方案
四教学重难点：
1够理解关口问题文章
2够简单描述口环保问题
五教学准备：PPT课件课堂联系表格奖品等
六教学程：
教学步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1 Warmingup
Leadin
1Let the Ss enjoy some pictures and tell what the pictures are about (Cities and country side)
2Free talk Let Ss work in pairs Ask and answer the questions
1Enjoy some pictures and tell what the pictures are about
2Work in pairs Ask and answer the questions
(1) Do you like to live in the country or in the city Why
(2)Why do many people move to cities
(3) What are the problems of big cities
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step2 Prereading
New words learning：Show Ss some pictures and have a free talk between T& Ss teach the new words and expressions
Learn new words and phrases by free talk
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step3 Whilereading
1Scanning
Ask the Ss to scan the passage and find out what does the story want to tell us
1Scan the passage and find out what does the story want to tell us
A Parkville was a quiet village
B Arnwick was a city with 200000 people
C What is happening all over the world
学生带着务(问题)阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果阅读技巧分层阅读文章更知识点课文容理解突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
2Skimming
Ask the Ss to skim the passage and check the true sentences in Act3
2Skim the passage and check the true sentences in Act3 (135)
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph1&2
Let Ss read together and then choose the best answers
（2）Paragraph 3&4：
Let the girls read Para3&4 then choose T or F and correct the wrong sentences
（3）Paragraph5：
①Let the boys read paragraph 5 then answer the questions
（4）Reading
①Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
②Solve the language points
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph 1 & 2
Choose the best answers
① How old is Jo
A 13 B15 C12
②Why did people move from Parkville to Arnwick
A To visit their friends
B To find jobs
C To go sightseeing
③What does the word flats mean
A 房间 B公寓 C 板
（2）Paragraph 3&4：
Choose T or F correct the wrong sentences
①The small local school in Parkville closed down fifty years ago ( )
② It takes half an hour to get to Arnwick by bus ( )
③ Arnwick needs many things such as more schools buses hospitals and so on
（3）Paragraph3&4：
①Let the boys read paragraph5 then answer the questions
Question
What does it mainly talk about from Para5
A Money can help solve all the problems
B We should do something to deal with(处理) the increasing population in the world
（4）Read out the whole passage make sure that understand the passage better
Find out something difficult and talk about it in class
Step4 Postreading
Show the picture in Act2 and ask the Ss to retell the passage with Act4
Look at the picture and try to retell the passage
通复述课文学生加深课文容理解巩固语言知识点
Step5 Summary
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step6 Homework
Have the Ss write down suggestions to solve the problems in their home town
Finish the homework
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module9 Population
Unit 2 Arnwick was a city with 200000 people
Arnwick Parkville
close to
It was expensive to live in …
…
组评价
T1
T2
达标训练题
单项选择(5分)
1 It’s very difficult ______the fat boy ______so far every day
A for running B of running C for to run D of to run
2 There ______more public toilets in the busy and crowded city center
A need to be B is needed C need be D need to have
3 It took them two days ______the rubbish in the community
A carry B to carry C carrys D carrying
4—________
—There is a serious accident
A What is happened B Where is happening
C What happened D What is happening
5The company doesn’t run wellthe boss will______
A close B close it down C close down it D shut it up
二阅读理解(5分)
The onechild policy in our country has made most families much smaller than before That is to say there are fewer children in a family But the population of China is still growing faster Why In fact it’s a serious problem not only in China but also in the whole world It’s reported that the world population is expected to reach 10500000000 by 2050There are two important reasons First there are still more and more babies born every year Next people in the world can live much longer than before
The earth is too tired but it has to burden(担负)more in the future Who can save her
题号
1
2
3
4
5
答案
1 The passage tells us that the whole world is suffering from the________
A pollution B population C flood D hunger
2 The underlined word expected in the first paragraph means________
A希 B祝愿 C期 D预测
3The population of the world will be about ________by the year 2050
A105 million B105 billion C105 billion D105 million
4Which of the following is NOT true
A The population of China is still growing
B The number of women keeps growing these years
C It’s difficult for us to control(控制)the population in a few years
D One of the reasons for the population problem is that people can live longer than before
5 Which is the best title for the passage
A China’s Population B The Family Planning
C The Population Problem D China’s OneChild Policy
Module 9 Population
十 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
十二 课型：Revision and application
十三 教学目标：
1 To understand and read large numbers
2 To summarise and consolidate the use of articles
3 To understand and interpret graphs be able to make your own graphs
十四 教学重难点：
够运学知识介绍某区口环境问题
十五 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学
节课需教具资料：PPT图片调查表等
十六 教学程：
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1
Revision and leadin
1 Let Ss look at the picture and read the numbers aloud to practice how to read the numbers
2 Let Ss master the structure of the grammar
Look at the picture and read the numbers aloud to practice how to read the numbers
To master the structure of the grammar
通复前两单元学数字读法势导入模块语法学
目朗读数字相关课文语句加深课文印象文段理解
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step2
Act1
Ask the Ss to match the countries with their populations
1 Match the countries with their populations in groups
2 Read your answers to Activity 1 to the whole class
3 Now listen and check
组活动：求学生组寻找答案校答案助增进组合作发挥团体精神
Step3
Act3
Let Ss read the chart and answer the questions
Read the chart and answer the questions
1 Which city had the largest population in 2000
2 Which city’s population will increase most from 2000 to 2025
3 Which city will have a larger increase in its population New York or Mexico City
4 Which citycities will have the biggest population problem Why
学生学会懂图表相关信息回答问题学生阅读理解力程度提高
Step4
Act4
Write a an or the where necessary
1 Read the passage carefully
2 Then use the articles to fill in the blanks where necessary
通针性练复冠词法
Step5
Act5
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in the box
First read the sentences and use the right form of the words from the box to fill in the blanks
通类型阅读题训练学生进步熟练掌握相关阅读技巧提高阅读理解力
Step6
Act6
Complete the diagram showing population problems
1 Read the diagram
2 Use the words from the box to complete the diagram
3 To get the answers from the Ss
Step7
Act7&8
1 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words from the box
2Complete the sentences with the correct form of the expressions in the box
1 Read the passage and master the details in the passage
2 Use the words to fill in the blanks
3 Get the right answers from the Ss
1 Read the sentences and understand the meanings
2 Choose the correct form of the expressions
Step8
Act9&10
Listening
1 Listen and choose the best summary
2 Listen again and choose the correct answer
Finish the exercises and check the answers in the whole class
听力训练
Step5
Summary
Talk about what we have learnt in this class
Let the whole class choose the best team today
Answer together
总结纳利学生进步梳理学知识
Step6
Homework
Let Ss write a passage to describe their graph
Finish the homework
通布置作业巩固单元学知识
达标训练题
单项选择(5分)
1 She will have ______chance to go to ______college for a further education
A a a B a the C the the D a
2______we are ______we feel
A The busier the happier B The busiest the happiest
C Busier happier D The more busy the more happy
3—______is the population of our city
—About two million
A How many B How much C How far D How large
4 The ______of traffic made me awake all night
A shout B noise C sound D voice
5 It’s all going to be OKyou just have to______
A give up B close down C hang on D pick up
二完形填空(5分)
The population problem may be the__1__one of the world today The world’s population is growing__2__Two thousand years ago there were only 250 million people__3__the earth Four hundred years ago the number was__4__500 million But at the beginning of the__5__centurythe world’s population was about 1700 million In 1970this number was 3600 million In 1990the number was five billion
1 A great B greater C greatest D greating
2 A faster and faster B fast and fast
C fastest and fastest D faster and fast
3 A in B on C at D for
4 A near B more C almost D over
5 A twenty B twelve C twentieth D twelfth
Module10 The weather
十二 教学容：Unit 1 It might snow
十三 课型：Listening and speaking
十四 教学目标：
4 够正确列单词词组：cloud shower snow storm cloudy rainy snowy sunny windy skate thick ice joke might temperature minus degree although wet terrible wish probably come on
正确列句型：1Are you joking
2 Sounds great
3 Me neither
4Come on better get going
5 What’s the temperature
6 It’s probably sunny and hot there
7Rainy weather is terrible
8I like sunny weather and I like snow as well
9 What’s the weather like in America in winter
5 够听懂谈天气谈话完成相关听力务
4关天气名词形容词情态动词询问天气句型谈天气
5通单元学解种气象培养学生爱护保护环境良品德
教学重难点：
够熟练运关天气名词形容词情态动词谈天气
十五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片实物题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机实物课堂练表格奖品
十六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Warmingup
1 Have the students see a flahHow is the weather
4． Free talk What’s the weather like today Do you like cold weather
1 See a flahHow is the weather
2 Free talks about weather
学生通关天气flash进行课前热身视觉听觉方面刺激学生思维活跃课堂气氛
旧引新先引导学生进入新模块容训练学生反应时引入新单词
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
1 Play a game brain storm about weatherShow them some pictures about weather and have the students say out the words
5 Show students some pictures of new words and learn the new words
6 Have the students listen and check the correct information in the table in Activity 2
7 Have the students work in pairsListen again and correct the wrong information in the table in Activity 2
8 Work in pairs ask and answer like this about the table
1 Look at the pictures and say the words of weather
2 Look at the pictures and learn the new words
3Listen and check the correct information
4 Listen again and correct the wrong information in the table in Activity 2 in pairs
9 Talk about the weather in the table like this
AWhat’s the weather like in… BIt’s windy＼cloudy＼snowy…
A What’s the temperature
B …
玩关天气头脑风暴游戏活跃课堂气氛时学生复学单词
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
通听两遍完成两听力务培养学生听取细节力
先听说学生伴询问天气句型谈表中城市天气巩固句型词语
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and answer
Have the students listen to the tape and complete the sentence
①What’s the temperature
It’s between minus ___and minus_____degrees
②It is ____ in winter and ____ in summer in America
2Listen and read
Have the students listen and read the dialogue by themselves and check the true sentences in Activity 4Then check their answers in pairs then in class
3Read and remember
Ask students to read the dialogue in groups and try to find out some important language points by themselves then help them solve the difficult points if necessary
4 Act out the dialogue
1Listen and complete the sentence
What’s the temperature
①It’s between minus ___and minus_____degrees
②It is ____ in winter and ____ in summer in America
2Listen and read and check the answers in pairs Correct the wrong sentences as well
3 The students read the dialogue in groups and find out the import language points
4 Read the dialogue in groups and then ask several groups to act out the dialogue in class
学生带着问题听课文学生听觉课文初步理解时培养学生通听获取细节信息技巧
学生通听读课文纠正语音进步熟悉课文容check 正确句子更正错误句子培养学生通读获取细节信息力
通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Complete the passage
Let the students complete the passage with the words in Activity 1(Activity 5)
2Make a weather forecast
Give the students some pictures about the weather in different cities in China In groups make a weather forecast
1 Complete the passage of Activity 5 and ask 2 volunteers to say out their answers
2 Make a weather forecast in groups Use the sentence It’ll probably …Then choose the best weatherman
学生根实际完成文段学会正确表达关项球类运动情况时解情况
通组活动学生做天气预报员充分实践运语言形中突破课难点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Complete the sentences with the words in the box(Activity4)
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固运已学知识
七板书设计：
Book 3 Module10 The weather
Unit1 It might snow
1Are you joking
2 Sounds great
3 Me neither
4Come on better get going
5 What’s the temperature
6 It’s probably sunny and hot there
7Rainy weather is terrible
8I like sunny weather and I like snow as well
9 What’s the weather like in America in winter
达标训练题
根句子意思适词填空：
1) It rains a lot in summer in Beijing It’s often ________
2) There’re a lot of clouds It’s _________
3) The weather is snowy and there’s a lot of __________ in the park
4) The sun is out It’s very ____________ and hot today
5) The wind is very strong It’s so __________ that it’s difficult to walk
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1 ________ It’s cold
AWhat’s the weather BWhat’s the weather like
C How’s weather D How’s the weather like
( ) 2 I don’t like rainy weather ________
A I don’t liketoo B Are you joking
C Me neither D Sounds great
( ) 3 It’s very cold and cloudy It might _____tomorrow
A snow Bsnowed C snowy D snowing
( )4 — Where are you going thisweekend
— I’m not sureI ______go to the zoo
A can B may C need D must
( )5 She likes red and green _______
B also B either C neither Das well
Module 10 The weather
十七 教学容：Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round
十八 课型：Reading and writing
十九 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：mileround northwest southeast the best time to do sth from time to time compared to had better (not)do
2够读懂介绍美国州天气短文扑捉旨意找出相关细节信息
3够运情态动词maymight 副词probably表达
4理解单元出现动词定式法
5正确连词because so but写篇家乡时节出原
二十 教学重难点：
1够读懂介绍美国州天气短文
2够运情态动词maymight 副词probably表达
二十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
二十二 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
1Lead in
Play a piece of music Take me home country roadand then have a free talk with Ss
Do you like the song What’s the weather like today
What’s the weather like in winter in your hometown
What’s the best time to visit your hometown
1 Listen to the song Take me home country roadand answer the questions
首著名旅行关乡村音乐进行热身活跃课堂气氛学生快速进入课话题然谈天气引导学生回顾节课容考验学生Unit1知识掌握程度训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1Show students the two pictures of Activity1 Lead the students to describe them
2Have students guess
Can you guess what we are going to read
1Look at the pictures and describe them
2Guess what they are going to read
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述图片力
通预测激发学生产生阅读愿心理
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
1 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and find out the main idea of it
2 Scanning
（1）Show the students a map of America Ask students to scan the passage and answer
T We know the US is a very big country It has 50 states How many places are mentioned in the passage
Read the passage quickly again and find out the answer
（2）Call back the answers
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Complete the sentences
T Now we know the Us is a very big country How big is it Read Paragraph 1 in pairs and complete the sentences
②Let the students read Paragraph 1 in groups of four and find out difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
(2) Paragraph26
T Just now we have found out there are 7 places are mentionedWhen is the best time to visit them What’s the weather like What we should bring Let’s go on reading Paragraph26Complete the table
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③ Let the students read Paragraph26 in turns and the other students listen carefully to point out important points
④Solve the difficulties
1Skim the passage and choose the main idea
十三 The US is a very big country
十四 The best time to visit New England
十五 You can visit the US any time you like
十六 The best time to visit New York
2 Scanning
(1)Look at the map of America Then scan the passage and find out the answer in groups
How many places are mentioned in the passage
3Careful reading
5． Read Paragraph1
①Complete the sentences
1The US is about ________from the east coast to the west coast
2When you visit the US you should bring a ____
②Read Paragraph 1 in groups of four and find out difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
(2)Read Paragraph26 and complete the table
Place
Weather
Best time to visit
Things to bring
New York
WashingtonDC
New England
California
Seattle
Alaska
Texas
③Let the students read Paragraph26 in turns and the other students point out difficulties points
④To say the difficulties
and solve together
求学生快速阅读文章选出课文题意培养学生快速阅读技巧获取文章整体信息力
学生抓住课文题意求学生次课文寻读学生理解文章细节篇章结构更深层次理解进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取细节信息提高阅读效果获取细节信息技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1Retell
(1)Let the students try to retell the passage with the information of the table in groups
(2)Check several students and ask the students to choose the best one
2Speaking
(1)Have the students match the two parts of the sentences in Activity5
(2) Have the students make sentences with the words becauseso and but
(1) Retell the passage with theinformation of table in groups like this
The US is a very big countryYou can visit it any time you likeThe best time to visit New York and Washington DC is in…
(2) Choose the best one
2
(1)Match the two parts of the sentences in Activity5
(2)Make sentences with the words becauseso and but
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write some advice for visiting Huizhou and give reasons in Activity5
Write a passage
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
八 板书设计：
Unit2 The weather is fine all year round
the best time to do Sth
from time to time
compared to
had better (not)do
Bring a map because you may want to travel around
Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees
The days are long and warm in summerbut may be cool in evening
达标训练题
二 完成句子
5 惠州旅行方Huizhou is a good place____________
6 云南年头温暖The weather in Yunnan is warm _________
7 夏天时常会阵雨There are showers ______________
8 夏天游泳意It’s _____________go swimming in summer
三 单项选择
3 The best time to ______ English is in the morning
Aread B reading C listen D listening
4 Excuse me How can I get to the zoo
You had better ____________a taxi It’s far from here
B to take B take C taking D took
4 It will rain tomorrow _____don’t forget _____your umbrella tomorrow
B Beacause to bring B But to take CSo to bring D So to take
7 The leaves start to _____yellow in autumn
A get Bturn C grow D turns
Module 10 The weather
七 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
八 课型：Revision and application
九 教学目标：
1 正确运模块词汇：cloud shower snow storm cloudy rainy snowy sunny windy等
2 区正确描述天气形容词名词
3 根模块学知识表情态动词描述天气写建议关中国旅行时节
十 教学重难点：
表情态动词描述天气写建议关中国旅行时节
十 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
十二 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1Show students a short video about different kinds of weather
2Have a competition Say out the words about the weather
1The students watch the video and revise the different kinds of weather
2 Say out the words about the weather
通观关种天气视频学生视觉听觉直观解种天气时活跃课堂气氛进步学做铺垫
通词汇竞赛学生巩固关天气词汇活动做铺垫时激发学生动性创造性思维
2 Whiletask(17’)
8 Let the students work in pairs look at the World weather map ask and answer the questions in Activity6
1Look at the the World weather map and ask and answer in pairs
学生通伴问答达真实交际目时强化询问天气描述天气句型词汇运
9 Make sentences
Work in pairs and make sentences
I usually watch TV in the evenningbut I might go shopping this evening
3Have the students listen and complete the setences
4Call back the answers
2Work in pairs and make sentences
3 Listen and complete the setences
通伴交流做事情达巩固情态动词表法
通听力练培养学生听力程中选择意识通听获取细节力巩固模块词汇
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Have students work in groups and complete Activity 13and 7
2 Call back the answers
1Complete Activity 13and 7 in groups
2 Check the answers in groups then in class
通组间合作完成笔头练强化模块知识点运培养学生学团体精神
3 Ask the students to read the email and find the answers to the questions in groups
4Organization
Work in groups read the email and find the answers to the questions in groups
通组阅读Sally邮件回答问题步写邮件做铺垫
4 Summary
(1’)
Ask the students to conclude the usage of adjectives and nouns about weather and may might probably (for possibility)
Students conclude the usage of adjectives and adjectives and nouns about weather and may might probably (for possibility)
引导学生模块知识点总结培养学生学总结良学惯
5 Homework（1’）
Write an email to a friend who wants to visit China
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
板书设计
Module 10 The weather
Unit 3 Language in use
It might snow
It’s probably sunny and hot there
Bring a map because you may want to travel around
It’s good to hear that you may visit China
I think the best time to come is…
达标训练题
8 词正确形式填空
7 It will be _________( sun) tomorrow
8 You should choose _________(careful)the things to buy on the Internet
9 The weather will be much _________ ( hot) the day after tomorrow
4When is the _________(good)time to fly kites
5Today is a _________(storm)day
二选择正确答案
( ) 1 He ________comebut I am not sure
Amight Bcan’t C must Dcouldn’t
( ) 2 He will________go to Beijing this summer
A may B possible C probably D might
( ) 3 Xiamen is _____the east coast of China
A in Bon C of D at
( )4 When is the best season ______your countrySally
A visits Bvisit C to visit Dvisited
( )5 She usually go to school by carbut she _______go to school by bus tomorrow
C could B might Cwould Dshould
Module 11 Way of life
十七 教学容：Unit1 In China we open a gift later
十八 课型：Listening and speaking
十九 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：cap chopstick toy video game gift surprise immediately difference accept tradition example for example must month serious taste
2够正确must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t
3够听懂某风俗惯社会行
4够谈某风俗惯生活惯
二十 教学重难点：
1够听懂某风俗惯社会行（重点）
2够谈某风俗惯生活惯（难点）
二十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
二十二 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1Share a Happy Birthday song
2．Free talk
Tomorrow is your best friend’s birthday what gift are you going to give her or he
1Enjoy the song and sing together
2 Talk in groups and in class
旧引新先引导学生回顾相关词汇
通环节训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students gifts for them to choose and then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg
cap chopstick toy video game gift surprise immediately difference accept tradition example for example must month serious taste
Watch pictures learn some new words
cap chopstick toy video game gift surprise immediately difference accept tradition example for example must month serious taste
利图片呈现新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and number
(1)Ask students to finish Activity1
2Listen again and match the words and expressions
3 T So do you know what they will buy for Lingling Do you think Lingling will like the present Now let’s listen and get to know it
4 Reading
T Good job Please open your book and read the dialogue and find out Can Lingling open the gift immediately What must she do After that please check what you usually do in China on Page89
5 Problems solving
Ask the students to read the dialogue in roles And help them solve these important points
1) Here’s your gift
2) What a surprise
3) I don’t think I should open it now
4)You needn’t wait
5)pay much attention to …
6) you mustn’t break anything
7) You must only use ted paper for hongbao because red means luck
6 Read
Have the students read together
1 Listen and number the words as you hear them
2 Finish Activity2
3The students watch carefully and find out the answer
Does Lingling like the present
4 Students open the book and find out the answers Then check what you usually do in China in groups
5Some students read the dialogue and the other students find out difficulties points All the students say the difficulties
and solve together
6 Read
Have the students read together
通听力训练学生熟悉新单词短语
进步听说学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）听话找答案助培养提高学生更加准确听取信息力通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Complete the passage with the words in the box
2Speaking
Work in pairs
Have students ask and answer like this
What must ＼ mustn’t you do at school
I must… I mustn’t…
1 Complete the retelling according to the dialogue(Finish Activity 4)
2 Make dialogues Write the information in Activity 7
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适口头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the dialogue after school and remember the new words
2 To copy the new words
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
七板书设计：
Module 11 Way of life
Unit1 In China we open a gift later
1 I don’t think I should open it now In China we open a gift later
2 …you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival
3 You can’t be serious
达标训练题
．词适形式填空：
1 Can she __________ (do) the cleaning for me
2 Happy ___________ (birth) to you Jim
3 It’s too difficult for me ____________ (understand) this math problem
4 I think you mustn’t _________ (open)the gift now
5 Can you use _____________ ( chopstick)
二完成句子：
1 必须等会开
You ________________ and open it _________________
2 注意
I noticed _________ ______________
3 够破里东西
You ____________ ___________ anything here
4 请注意交通规
Please ________ __________ ___________ to the traffic rules
5 没必等
You ____________ _______________
Module 11 Way of life
二十三 教学容：Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk
二十四 课型：Listening and speaking
二十五 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：experience stay for the first time shoulder
句型结构：… you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time
You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street
or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers
At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus
2读懂介绍某风俗社会行文章
3够够利渠道解国家风俗惯
4够运情态动词描述家家规校规
二十六 教学重难点：
1读懂介绍某风俗社会行文章（重点）
2够运情态动词描述家家规校规（难点）
二十七 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
二十八 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
Free talk
T Hey Boys and girls we can’t do many things at our school Do you like it If you don’t like it then tell me what do you want your school be like What’s your dream school
Have students talk about what they were doing at 900 last night
旧引新先引导学生进入模块话题
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
T Actually in different country people have different ways of life just like our school So do you want to know the way of life in England
Then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words with the help of some pictures as well
eg
experience stay for the first time shoulder
Watch pictures learn some new words
experience stay for the first time shoulder
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清读障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage
T Make the students read the passage and answer the question
What must you do when you are waiting for the bus at the station in England
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and choose the correct answer( Activity 3)
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①The whole class read together and answer these two questions
1) What did Wang Hui notice when he was in England
②T Now lets check the answer
③Solve some difficulties
1) the English way of life…
2) something interesting
T What’s the English way of life Are they the same as Chinese Let’s get to know more
(2)Paragraphs 25
5) ①T Now I want you to read these four paragraphs and find out the interesting English ways of life
②Discuss the English ways of life in groups
A When you first meet someone you must say _________ or _________ but if you know each other better you can just use their ___________________
B Afternoon tea is just a drink and they drink tea with nothing just like us(True or False)
C What’s fish and chips And where can you buy them
D What mustn’t you do at the bus stop
③Have students say out the English way of life in class
④Solve difficulties
1) each other
We must help each other
2) …for the first time
I am here in Huizhou for the first time
3)…tea with milk with 带 eg Bread with cheese tea with nothing
4)high street
5) push one’s way onto…
6) stand in a line queue
7) wait one’s turn 轮流等候
（3） Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and find out the answer
What must you do when you are waiting for the bus at the station in England
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and finish Activity 3
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Read and find out the answer to the question
②Check the answer
③ Ask a little teacher to solve difficulties
(2)Paragraphs 25
①The whole class read the dialogue together
②Discuss the English way of life in groups
A When you first meet someone you must say _________ or _________ but if you know each other better you can just use their ___________________
B Afternoon tea is just a drink and they drink tea with nothing just like us(True or False)
C What’s fish and chips And where can you buy them
D What mustn’t you do at the bus stop
③Have students say out the English way of life in class
④Solve difficulties
(3) Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
求学生快速阅读文章找问题答案
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力理清事发展序整体握文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Let the students retell the story while looking at the notes on the blackboard
The English way of life is 1________ When you first meet someone you must say 2_________ or 3________ but if you know each other better you can just use their 4_________ name People in England have afternoon5_________ it’s not just a drink but a 6________ meal at around 4pm They also eat 7_____ and cakes Fish and chips is traditional food in England and it’s 8___________ You need to 9________ in a line when you’re waiting for the bus at the bus stop
2 Writing
What are ways of life in our hometown
Answer questions in Activity5 and write a short passage
1 Do the retelling
The English way of life is 1________ When you first meet someone you must say 2_________ or 3________ but if you know each other better you can just use their 4_________ name People in England have afternoon5_________ it’s not just a drink but a 6________ meal at around 4pm They also eat 7_____ and cakes Fish and chips is traditional food in England and it’s 8___________ You need to 9________ in a line when you’re waiting for the bus at the bus stop
2 Writing
Write the short passage
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适笔头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the passage after school and remember the new words
2To finish writing your passage
Ways of life in my hometown
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module11Way of life
Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk
1) each other We must help each other
2) …for the first time I am here in Huizhou for the first time
3)…tea with milk with 带 eg Bread with cheese tea with nothing
4)high street
5) push one’s way onto…
6) stand in a line queue
7) wait one’s turn 轮流等候
达标训练题
mustmustn’t can can’t need needn’t 填空：
1 You __________ play the football on the road It’s dangerous
2 — _______ I leave at once
— No you _________
3 You __________ take photos of this special building
4 — May I sit here
— I’m afraid you _______ Someone has taken it
5 — Must I do my homework now
— Yes you _________
二选择正确答案：
( )1 I have _________ to eat Please give me some
A something B nothing C anything D everything
( )2 __________and wait your turn
A Stand in a line B Take away
C Push your way D Try to
( )3 — Are you new here
— Yes I come here for the ______ time
A one B second C two D first
( )4 My teacher touched me ________ shoulder and smiled
A at B in C on D of
( )5 The boy is ________ and he always talks ____________
A polite politely B politely polite
C polite polite D politely politely
Module 11 Way of life
二十九 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
三十 课型：Listening and speaking
三十 教学目标：
i 够正确列单词词组：
cap chopstick toy video game gift surprise immediately difference accept tradition example for example mustexperience stay for the first time shoulder…
句型结构：
… you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time
You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street
or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers
At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus
2够正确must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t
3增强跨文化意识培养文化包容心
4够运学知识写篇介绍学校校规短文
三十二 教学重难点：
1 够正确must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t（重点）
2 够写篇介绍学校校规短文（难点）
三十三 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
三十四 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a song and sing together Happy New Year
1Say hello to each other
2 The students enjoy the song
To arouse the students’ interests and relax the students
2 Whiletask(17’)
1 Have the students go over the lesson in groups and talk about the way of life in England
2 Dictation of this module
1 Try to use the language points they’ve learnt in this module
2 To have the dictation
Review and consolidate the verbs and the phrases just learned in the first two units
1Free talk You know very well about the English way of life but do you know some Chinese way of life Now let’s talk about the Chinese Spring Festival
2Ask the students to summarize the usage of must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t
3 Have students finish Activity 13 to consolidate the language points
1 Students make the dialogues and share in class with the other students about must and mustn’t about Chinese Spring Festival
2The students make a summary of must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t
3 Do the exercise of Activity 13
Consolidate expressions and main sentence structure that they’ve learned
4Listening (Activity 4)
4 Practice the listening
To practice the listening
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Speaking
So you have studied here for 2 years Do you know the school rules well What must we do at school What mustn’t you do What can you do What can’t you do
2 Have students finish Activity2
3 Writing
My school rules
I study in … I’m in Class… Grade… And this is our school rules First we mustn’t…
1Students learn to tell the school rules in class
2Finish Activity2
3 Writing
My school rules
To practice the skill of speaking and writing
4 Summary
(1’)
Sum up usage of these words
Must mustn’t can can’t
Students conclude the usage of the key structure
Let the students internalize the grammar they’ve learned in this module
5 Homework（1’）
1 Remember all the new words and useful expressions of this module
2 Finish the exercise on the workbook
3 Try to finish the composition
板书设计
Module11 Way of life
Unit 3 Language in use
… you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time
You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street
or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers
At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus
达标训练题
词适形式填空：
1 People often eat lots of ____________(sandwich)
2You can use _________ (one) name with your friends
3 He mustn’t ________ play football on the road
4Can Lily _________ (go) to the party with us
5 Do you know the _________ (different) between us
二完形填空：
January 1st is New Year’s Day People usually give parties to celebrate it The Spring Festival comes next It is the most important holiday in 1 Before the Spring Festival people 2 their houses and do a lot of 3 On the eve of the festival family members meet for a big dinner After 4 they watch TV until midnight They enjoy talking and eating 5 all people cheer 6 the New Year and wish each other good 7
May Day is also celebrated in China People have holidays then 8 Day is on September 10th Students send cards or flowers to their teachers The Mid – Autumn Festival is also very important in China People get together to watch the round 9 and eat traditional food 10 1st is our National Day We usually have a get together to celebrate it
( ) 1 A Canada B China C Australia D England
( ) 2 A build B sell C buy D clean
( ) 3 A reading B shop C shopping D wash
( ) 4 A work B dinner C singing D sleeping
( ) 5 A At noon B At midnight C In the morning D In the afternoon
( ) 6 A to welcome B welcome C welcoming D welcome to
( ) 7 A hope B luck C lucky D hopeful
( ) 8 A Teacher B Teaching C Teacher’s D Teachers’
( ) 9 A table B sun C pool D moon
( ) 10 A September B August C November D October
Module12 Help
三十五 教学容：Unit 1What should we do before help arrives
三十六 课型：Listening and speaking
三十七 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组： broken glass medical imagine bottom at the bottom of… wrong What’s wrong with … trouble lift up drop make sure have trouble doing sth cover… with… No that could be harmful…
2够正确情态动词must can could表示推测
3够听懂谈急救话题听力材料
4够谈突发事应采取相应措施
三十八 教学重难点：
1够听懂谈急救话题听力材料（重点）
2够谈突发事应采取相应措施（难点）
三十九 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
四十 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Enjoy a song and do action while listening
2．Free talk
T What must we do when we go downstairs
1Enjoy the song and do actions
2 Have the free talk in pairs
旧引新先引导学生回顾must法
通环节引导学生must法进行简单解训练学生反应培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students some pictures from the textbook then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg broken glass medical imagine bottom at the bottom of… wrong What’s wrong with … trouble lift up drop make sure have trouble doing sth cover… with… No that could be harmful…
Watch pictures and learn some new words
broken glass medical imagine bottom at the bottom of… wrong What’s wrong with … trouble lift up drop make sure have trouble doing sth cover… with… No that could be harmful…
利图片呈现新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and fill in the blanks（Activity2）
(1) You could ______ when you go down the stairs
(2) It’s quite dangerous in the kitchen at home because _________ glass or knives can cut you
(3) You ________ drop the heavy furniture and hurt your _________ when you’re moving it
2Listen again and check
3 Listen and find out(Activity3)
What should we do before help arrives when an accident happens ( Choose the right answers )
A Call 120
B Shout for help
C Lift him up
D Sit him on a chair
E Cover him with a coat
4 Reading
T Good job Please open your book and complete the first aid suggestions and decide if they are good or bad on Page97
5 Problems solving
Ask the students to read the dialogue in roles And help them solve these important points
1)imagine imagine doing sth eg I often imagine flying in the sky
2) bottom at the bottom of… eg Shall we have a picnic at the bottom of this mountain
3)wrong What’s wrong with … eg What is wrong with you
4)trouble have trouble doing sth I have trouble finishing the homework by myself
5) Make sure Make sure it’s safe to stay here
6) cover… with… Can you cover the boy with a coat
7) No that could be harmful
6 Reading Have students read by themselves and try to remember the main ideas of the dialogue
1 Listen and fill in the blanks （Activity2）
2 Listen again and check
3 Listen and find out (Activity3)and find out the answer
What should we do before help arrives when an accident happens ( Choose the right answers )
A Call 120
B Shout for help
C Lift him up
D Sit him on a chair
E Cover him with a coat
4 Students open the book and find out the answers Then make them to work together and complete the notes in groups
5Some students read the dialogue and the other students find out difficulties points All the students say the difficulties
and solve together
6 Reading Students read by themselves and try to remember the main ideas of the dialogue
通听力训练学生熟悉话容
进步听说学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）听话找答案助培养提高学生更加准确听取信息力通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Finish Activity4 on Page97
2Speaking
Work in pairs
Have students ask and answer like this
What do you do if someone is hurt
Ask him her what happened…
1 Complete the retelling according to the dialogue
2 Pair work Make dialogues
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适口头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2 Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the dialogue after school and remember the new words
2 To copy the new words
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
七板书设计：
Module 12 Help
Unit1 What should we do before help arrives
imagine imagine doing sth eg I often imagine flying in the sky
bottom at the bottom of… eg Shall we have a picnic at the bottom of this mountain
wrong What’s wrong with … eg What is wrong with you
trouble have trouble doing sth I have trouble finishing the homework by myself
make sure Make sure it’s safe to stay here
cover… with… Can you cover the boy with a coat
No that could be harmful
达标训练题
．词适形式填空：
1 Look The boy is _________(lie) on the floor
2The little girl has trouble __________ ( speak)
3 It is ______( harm) to read in the sun
4 The students made their teacher ____________(angry)
5 What could we do before help ___________(arrive)
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1—What’s ________ with you
— I have a bad cold
A problem B matter C trouble D wrong
( ) 2 The boy is hurt badly He is _____ pain
A in B on C at D of
( ) 3 That’s such good advice that you ________ be a doctor
A could B should C will Dwould
( ) 4 We should shout ____________ when we are in danger
A of help B to helps C for help D at help
( ) 5 —Look at the light Someone ______ be at home
— Yes you’re right
A can B must C can’t D mustn’t
Module 12 Help
四十 教学容：Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture
四十二 课型：Listening and speaking
四十三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：
earthquake warn inside under window keep clear (of) calm brave
句型： 1） Keep calm especially when you are with other people
2) In short follow what you learnt in school
3) You can be safe and you can also help save others
2读懂关突发事相应措施文字材料理解文章意掌握细节信息
3够震中进行保护题写出相关文段
4培养学生灾难中保护意识应突发事力
四十四 教学重难点：
1读懂关突发事相应措施文字材料理解文章意掌握细节信息（重点）
2够震中进行保护题写出相关文段（难点）
四十五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
四十六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
1Free talk
T Do all of you still remember what should we do when you see a boy lying at the bottom of the stairs
2T Do you think knowing what to do is important when some accidents happen Now let’s take a look at document about the Wenchuan Earthquake
Have students talk about what they learnt yesterday
2 Watch the video and think about this
What should we do during an earthquake
旧引新先引导学生进入模块题
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show pictures and have the students talk about what to do during an earthquake then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg
earthquake warn inside under window keep clear (of) calm brave
Talk and learn some new words
earthquake warn inside under window keep clear (of) calm brave
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清读障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan the passage
T Make the students read the passage and answer the question
What must you do if you are on a beach when an earthquake happens
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and then finish Activity 4
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①The whole class read together and answer these two questions
1) Is it easy to warn people about the earthquake
2)People know much about what to do during an earthquake( True or false)
T Now lets check the answers
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③Solve difficulties
7) wan sb about sth
warn sb to do sth warm sb not to do sth
8) little a little + nouns (uc)
9) few a few + nouns (c)
T Since we know little about the accidents let’s get to know more First let’s get to know what to do when we’re inside the buildings
(2)Paragraph 2
6) ①T Now I want someone to read the passage for us and the other students check the sentences
When an earthquake happen…
a Jump out of high buildings
b Stay by the windows
c Keep staying inside the building
d You can use the lift
e Be brave and helpful
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
1) jump out of…
2) stay move away from…
3)keep clear of…
4) stop to do sth stop doing sth
5) keep calm cool
T So this is what we should do when we’re inside the building Let’s go on to find out what we should do when we stay outside
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1)Why must we stay away from buildings
2)Must we get out of the bus or car if we are in a bus or car
3） What must we be careful of if we are in the mountains
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
1) fall on sb
2) Do not… Don’t…
3) If you are in a bus or car stay in it
4)be careful of sth
5) run away from…
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
T So in a word (in short) follow what you learnt in school You can be safe and you can also help save sothers Let’s read the passage together
(4)Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and find out the answer
What must you do if you are on a beach when an earthquake happens
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and finish Activity 4
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Read and find out the answers to the questions
1) Is it easy to warn people about the earthquake
2)People know much about what to do during an earthquake( True or false)
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③ Ask a little teacher to solve difficulties
(2)Paragraph 2
1)①Listen to someone to read and check the sentences
When an earthquake happen…
a Jump out of high buildings
b Stay by the windows
c Keep staying inside the building
d You can use the lift
e Be brave and helpful
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1)Why must we stay away from buildings
2)Must we get out of the bus or car if we are in a bus or car
3） What must we be careful of if we are in the mountains
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
(4)Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
求学生快速阅读文章找问题答案
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力理清事发展序整体握文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1A competition
What to do in an earthquake
2 Writing
Try to write as many instructions as you can about what to do in an earthquake
1 Do the retelling
2 Writing
Try to write as many instructions as you can about what to do in an earthquake
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适笔头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the passage after school and remember the new words
2To finish the exercises on the workbook
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module12 Help
Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture
warn sb about sth 1） Keep calm especially when you are with other people
jump out of… 2) In short follow what you learnt in school
stay away from 3) You can be safe and you can also help save others
达标训练题
选择正确答案：
( )1 What __________ you just now
A happen to B happened to
C happening to D happens to
( )2 __________ when you are in trouble
A Jump out of B Stay away from
C Keep calm D Hide under a table
( )3 In the mountains be careful ______ falling rocks
A of B at C on D to
( )4 _________ nervous I’ll give some advice
A Don’t B Do not
C Do be D Do not be
( )5 Stop _________please Time for class
A speak B to speak C speaking D to speaking
二完成句子：
1请勿火源
Please ________ __________ of fire
2 应该远离毒品
We should _________ _________ from drugs
3 紧张请保持冷静
Don’t be nervous and _________ ________ please
4 瞧 海豚跳出水面
Look A dolphin is ________ _________ of the water
5 预警震时困难
It’s difficult to ___________ people ____________ earthquakes
Module 12 Help
四十七 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
四十八 课型：Listening and speaking
四十九 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词：
broken glass medical imagine bottom at the bottom of… wrong What’s wrong with … trouble lift up drop make sure have trouble doing sth cover… with… No that could be harmful…
2够正确情态动词must can could表示推测
3够阅读理解突发事文章
4够制作张预防校园意外事宣传海报
五十 教学重难点：
1 够正确情态动词must can could表示推测（重点）
2 够制作张预防校园意外事宣传海报（难点）
五十 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
五十二 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1 Greetings
2 To play a game
Simon says Stand up Don’t stand…
1Say hello to each other
2 The students enjoy the game
Review and consolidate the new words and some phrases
2 Whiletask(17’)
1 Show the students some pictures of the earthquake and have them talk about what to do in an earthquake then finish Activities 2&3 on Page 100
1 Talk and finish the exercise
Review and consolidate the verbs and the phrases just learned in the first two units
2Complete Activity1
3Ask the students to sum up could must mustn’t can can’t
4 Have students finish Activity 5
2 Complete Activity1
3The students sum up could must mustn’t can can’t
4 Do the exercise of Activity 5
Consolidate expressions and main sentence structure that they’ve learned
5Listening (Activity 6)
5 Practice the listening
To practice the listening and the reading
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Free talk
Have students finish Activity 4 and then have them talk about How can we keep safe at school
2 Have students work in groups to make a poster about staying safe at school
1 Students talk about the risk of being hurt at school
2 Make a poster with the other students
To practice the skill of speaking and writing
4 Summary
(1’)
Sum up the key structure could must mustn’t can can’t
Students conclude the usage of the key structure
Let the students internalize the grammar they’ve learned in this module
5 Homework（1’）
1 Remember all the new words and useful expressions of this module
2 Finish the exercise on the workbook
3 Try to finish the poster and have a competition in class
板书设计
Module12 Help
Unit 3 Language in use
That could be harmful
Betty you must know
Stay away from windows and heavy furniture
Do not stand near street lights or under power lines
达标训练题
选择正确答案：
( ) 1 Here ________ three apples for you
A is B are C be D was
( ) 2 It’s important to warn people ________ in the hospital
A to smoke B not to smoke C smoking D not smoking
( ) 3 — Is that Ms James
—No it _________ be her She is in Guangzhou now
A can B must C can’t D mustn’t
( ) 4 — Who’s knocking at the door
— It ________ be Lingling I ask her to come
A can B must C can’t D mustn’t
( ) 5 Don’t stay inside It________ be harmful
A can’t B mustn’t C could D should
二短文填空：
Have you heard of the earthquake of the Indian Ocean that happened 1__________ the last Sunday of 2004 About 300000 people lost their lives in the2__________ Do you know 3 _______ to do in an earthquake Let me tell you
During a quake if you are in a room you must get into the open air and stay away 4_________ buildings trees and 5 _________ dangerous things You mustn’t stay in doorway or in a corner If you drive a car a truck or a bus you must drive it to the side of the road and stop
After a quake you must check everyone in your family for safety 6__________and see if gas water and electrical lines 7___________OK Please don’t use any electrical machines for there may 8____________ something wrong 9___________ the lines
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
教学容：Unit1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible
二 课型：Listening and speaking
三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组： dictionary grammar letter look up make a mistake understand等
2够听懂讨学英语方法建议话
3够谈学英语问题提出建议
四 教学重难点：
够运单元学词汇句型谈英语学中困难提供建议
五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式听说课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通听录音获取话信息培养学生听力技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程
节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Task 1 Leadin
A English around you
B How do you learn English
Task 2 Free talk
1 Do you like English
2 It is difficult to learn English Do you think so
3 How do you learn English (引出步)
Answer Listening speaking
Writing reading
Talk with the teacher
回想生活实际学中英语学生真正认识英语身边学英语难放松学提高学兴趣通学生回答次领会英语学听说读写四基技
Task 3 New words
T1 To study English what will we learn
We should learn …
T2 Read the instructions and check the ones you understand
S We should learn …
letter
vocabulary
sentence
grammar
writing
掌握英语四技中进步学生词趣图形式配练吸引学生注意力续教学扫词汇障碍
Step Three
While
task(24’)
Task 4 Listening
1 Play the tape and have the Ss to choose the best answer
2 Play the tape again and ask the question Besides reading and speaking what’s Lingling think is also important
Task 5 Listen and read
1 Organize the Ss to read the conversation Write notes about learning English
2 Organize the Ss to read the conversation in groups of three and solve the difficuties
1 Listen and choose the best answer
①We are going to talk about good ways to ______ English
A speak B learn
②We should always _____ English in class
A write B speak
2 Listen and answer Besides()reading and speaking what’s Lingling think is also important
_________________________
1 Read the conversation Write notes about learning English
2 Read the conversation in groups of three and then discuss any difficulty
听英语学中关键部分常规听力练中提高学生听力 掌握话整体意义
听学生听程中加信息输入时问答程中加深话理解
读话旨学生掌握话具体信息通选择检查学生话初步理解程度
Step Four
Posttask
(10’)
Task 6 Give me some advice
1 I feel very cold
2 I don’t know what to eat
What should I do
You should …
Why don’t you…
How about …
It’s a good idea to …
运相关语言知识通口头训练掌握模块提建议表达形式
语言操练程中巩固英语学相关词汇表达方式掌握语言知识
Task 7 Have the Ss to write notes about their English study
speaking
mistakes
vocabulary
listening
reading
translation
读课文时深入理解课文旨学生掌握篇章细节信息
Step Five Summary(2’)
Organization
Sum up the key structures in this unit
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a composition about How to improve our English
七 板书设计：
You should speak English as much as possible
Why don’t you write down the mistakes
How about listening to the English songs
达标训练题
单项选择：
1 Why not _____ off our mobile phones The meeting will start in a minute
A to turn B turning C turn D turned
2 I’ll fly to Kunming for my holiday for holiday this weekend
Wonderful __________
A Not at all B Have a good time C I hope so D With pleasure
3 Would you come back to have dinner with us this evening
I’d love to ______ I have an important meeting
A and B or C so D but
4 Tomorrow is my son’s ______ birthday will you come to the birthday party？
A nine B nineteen C ninth D the ninth
5 Sally could you give me some __________ on learning English
Of course You ＇d better get much listening practice
A advice B news C gifts D ways
6 ________would you like
That ＇s all Thank you
A Else how B What else C How else D Else what
7 How about ________our mistakes in red ink
A to correct B correcting C corrects D correct
8 Peter take your notebook out and ______
A write down it B write down them
C write it down D write they down
9 Let＇ s go swimming
A That＇ s a good idea B I ＇ m sorry to hear that
C Best wishes D Have a good time
10 If you have some trouble why ______you ask help from the police
A not B don’t C do D are
Module1 How to learn English
教学容：Unit 2 You should smile at her
二课型：Reading and writing
三教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：advisebasicconversationimprovenaturalmeaningsuggestshouldask for
2够shouldadvisesuggest等词汇提出建议
3够读懂关英语学方法学建议文章获取细节信息
4通阅读解提高身英语力
四教学重难点：
1够读懂文章阅读中找出相关建议完成务（重点）
2够正确提出建议
五教学准备：PPT课件教学挂图录音机课堂联系表格奖品
六教学程：
教学步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1 Warmingup
Leadin
1Let the Ss enjoy a song and tell what the song is about
2Free talk Have Ss to talk about the problem they have in learning English(Activity 1)
1Enjoy a song and tell what the song is about
2Free talk(Activity 1)
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step2 Prereading
New words learning：Show Ss some pictures and have a free talk between T& Ss teach the new words and expressions
Learn new words and phrases by free talk
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step3 Whilereading
1Scanning
Ask the Ss to scan the passage and find out what it is about
1Scan the passage and find out what it is about
学生带着务(问题)阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果阅读技巧分层阅读文章更知识点课文容理解突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
2Skimming
Ask the Ss to skim the passage
T：How many basic questions are there in the passage？What are they
2Skim the passage and find out the basic questions
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph 2 & 3
①Present Ss some statements and ask them to write T or Falso correct the wrong sentences after reading Paragraph 2&3
②Let the Ss read Paragraph 2&3 in groups of four and then find out the difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（2）Paragraph 4 & 5：
① Choose the best answers
②Let the girls read the Paragraph 4&5 and the boys point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（3）Paragraph 6 & 7：
①Let the Ss read paragraph 6&7 then answer the questions
②Ask a groups of six students to read Paragraph 6&7 and let the other students listen carefully to point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（4）Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph 2 & 3
①Go through the statements and write T or Falso correct the wrong sentences after reading Paragraph 2&3
1 Li Hao can’t learn English by watching films and listening to songs ( )
2 You should guess the meaning of the new words when you watch and listen several times
( )
3 It is good for Li Hao to talk about the films or songs with your friends ( )
②Read Paragraph2&3 in groups of four and then find out the difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
（2）Paragraph 3and 4：
①Choose the best answers
1 Wang Fang should ____ before she starts the conversation with her teacher from US
A shy B smile C shout
2 It is a good way to start a conversation with ______
A Hello How are you
B Do you want to talk to me
C Have you ate？
②Let the girls read the Paragraph 4&5 and the boys point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（3）Paragraph 6&7：
①Let the Ss read paragraph 6&7 then answer the questions
1 Is it natural that Zhang Lei forgets new words
2 What can Zhang Lei do to remember the new words
②A groups of six students to read Paragraph 6&7 and the other students listen carefully to point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
（4）Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
Step4 Postreading
1 Have Ss to complete the passage of Activity 4 and read the passage together
2 Have the Ss to discuss the following questions in groups and write down the information
1Complete the passage of Activity 4
2 Discuss the following questions in groups and write down the information in the form
适量练学生加深课文容理解巩固语言知识点
What do you think of the Language Doctor’s Advice
Which ones do you think are suitable for you
Why
Which one isn’t suitable for you
Why not
Then make report telling their ideas about the Language Doctor’s Advice with the information in the above form
Step5 Summary
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step6 Homework
Have the Ss make some advice of learning English for your class
Finish the homework
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
MODULE 1 How to learn English
Unit 2 You should smile at her
Ask for …
Advise…
Should…
Suggest…
组评价
T1
T2
八达标训练题
句子意思填入恰词
1 Do you know how to _______ my English
2 Try to _____ the meaning of the new words
3 Our school has a _______ teacher
4 _________ to lock the door when you leave the house
5 I enjoy w_______ English films and l_______ to real English songs
二单项选择
1 I like ________ English in the morning
A read B to read C reading D read
2 My friends ask for advice about ___________ their English
A improve B to improve C improving D improved
3 It takes me a long time _________ the TV play
A watch B to watch C watching D watched
4 It’s a good way ________ English
A learn B to learn C learning D learnt
5 Try ____________ these words please
A remember B to remember C remembering D remembered
Module 1 How to learn English
八 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
九 课型：Revision and application
十 教学目标：
1正确运模块词汇：club together start hear等
2掌握果提出建议句型学间进行真实交际
3够根学学情况学中问题困难提出适建议根建议制定学计划
4提高学英语兴趣树立信心培养积极动参种语言实践活动学态度
十 教学重难点：
运学知识学学中问题困难提出适建议根建议制定学计划
十二 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学
节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
十三 教学程：
Teaching steps
Teacher＇s involvement
Student＇s activities
Interactive patterns
1Warmingup
Teacher can talk with the students about how to improve their English
Do the language practice and make sure the students can understand and use the structures in this module
Talk with the teacher
Then do the language practice
学生回顾模块重点句型
2 Whiletask
1 Ask the students to listen to the tape and then do part1 on page6
2 Ask them to listen again and correct their answers
3 Activity 3 Talk about the pictures with the Ss and have them to give Jack some advice
eg Say Look at Picture 1 what does Jack usually do
4 Activity 5 Have the Ss to read Helen’s question and try to give her some advice Collect the Ss’ ideas
5 Activity 7 Have the Ss discuss in small groups How can I improve my reading
Then collect the Ss’ ideas
1Listen to the tape and finish the exercises
2 Share their answers
3 Talk about the pictures and give Jack some advice
He usually goes to bed very late I think his habit isn’t good
He should go to bed before ten o’clock
Then work in pairs discussing the pictures and giving the advice
4 Read Helen’s question and try to give her some advice
Then complete Diana’s answer
5 Discuss in small groups How can I improve my reading Then share the ideas And then complete the conversation in Activity 7 in pairs
训练学生听力技
训练学生表达力巩固表建议语句
练提建议表达方式
训练学生词语搭配力综合运力
3 Posttask
1 Activity 8 Have the Ss to write down what they are not good at Then work in groups giving the advice
2 Have the Ss to make an English study plan using the information in Activity 8
1 Write down what they are not good at Then work in groups giving the advice and write them down
2 Make an English study plan using the information in Activity 8 Then make a report
学生反思学程找出足思考解决办法训练学生综合运英语表达力
4 Summary
Organization
Sum up the key structures in this module
5 Homework
Write a composition about English study plans
Blackboard design
Unit 3 Language in use
1 I want to remember all the words
2 I saw a very good film yesterday
3 I’m going to work hard this year
4 Who is she writing the Email to
达标训练题
单项选择（7分）
1 Speaking English loudly is good _____ improving my English
A at B for C in D of
2 Don ＇t forget __________ your homework John
OK I ＇ ll do it right now
A doing B to do C did D do
3 Can I help you sir
I’d like to have 100 ______ I want my students to draw pictures
A piece of paper B pieces of papers
C pieces of paper D piece of papers
4 We should ______our friends when we meet our friends on the street
A say hello to B say goodbye to
C saying hello to D speak hello to
5 He always practises __________ English so as to improve his oral English
Of course You ＇d better get much listening practice
A speak B speaking C to speak D speaks
6 Let’s discuss the play shall we Would you like
Not now I ________ to an interview
A go B went C was going D am going
7 Your sweater looks smart Where ________you
A do get B didget Cwill get D havegot
二 阅读理解（3分）
People in many countries are learning English Some of them are smallchildren Others are teenagers Many are adults Some learn at school others learn by themselves A few people learn English by hearing the language over the radio on TV or in filmsAs we knowit’s hard to learn a foreign language well One must work hard to learn another languageBecause we can’t use it oftenBut if you have right ways to learn English it’s a piece of cake
Why do all these people want to learn English It is difficult to answer this question Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects required (求) for study They study their own language math and English Some people learn it because it is useful for their work Many people learn English for their higher studies because at colleges or universities some of their books are in English Some people learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English
( )1 Teenagers adults and___________ learn English
A workers B farmers C children D people
( )2 People learn English________
A at schools B over the radio C on TV D not all in the same way
( )3 Different kinds of people learn English ________
A together with other subjects B for different reasons
C for their work D for higher studies at college
Module 2 My home town and my country
教学容：Unit1 It’s taller than many other buildings
二 课型：Listening and speaking
三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：hill wide pretty population million than等
2够听懂讨家乡话
3够掌握句型：It’s a newer city than Hong Kong It will become as busy as Hong Kong Its streets are much wider and cleaner
4较两方学进行轮话
四 教学重难点：
较两方学进行轮话
五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式听说课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通听录音获取话信息培养学生听力技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程
节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Step 1 Leadin
A How was your weekend
B Good
Step 2 Free talk
1 Where is your home town
2 Is it beautiful
Free talk
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step 3 New words
1 Show Ss some pictures and have a free talk between T& Ss teach the new words and expressions
2 Have the Ss to look at the picture compare two cities and talk about them
1 Learn new words and phrases by free talk
2 Look at the picture compare two cities and talk about them
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step Three
While
task(24’)
Step 4 Listening
Play the tape and choose the best answer(Activity 3)
Step 5 Listen and read
1 Play the conversation and get the Ss to repeat
2 Organization
3 Discuss any difficulty that the Ss have
Listen and choose the best answer
①Where did Daming go
A Guangzhou B Shenzhen
②What’s the populartion of Shenzhen
Aless ten million Bover ten million
③Is it a newer city than Hongkong
_________________________
1 Read the conversation after the tape
2 Practice reading the conversation
3 Find out the difficulty and discuss difficulties with Classmates then with the teacher
听英语学中关键部分常规听力练中提高学生听力 掌握话整体意义
读话旨学生掌握话具体信息通选择检查学生话初步理解程度
Step Four
Posttask
(10’)
Step 6Retelling
1 Get the Ss to complete the passage about Shenzhen on page 11
2 Have the Ss to compare Shenzhen with their hometown Write down the notes in Activity 5 Then get them ask and answer in pairs
3 Organization
1 Complete the passage about Shenzhen on page 11 Then share the passage with the class
2 Compare Shenzhen with their hometown Write down the notes in Activity 5 Then ask and answer in pairs Eg A Is Shenzhen bigger than your hometown
B Yes it is
3 Try to introduce the hometown by comparing Shenzhen
运相关语言知识通口头训练掌握模块重句型
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a composition about your home town
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七 板书设计：
MODULE 2 My home town and my country
Unit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings
Shenzhen
A big city
组评价
T1
T2
达标训练题
完形填空 阅读列短文文题四选项中选出佳答案
Do you know anything about the moon The moon is ___1__than the earth but the sun is ___2___ bigger than the earth The moon is __3__ from the earth It’s 380 000 kilometres away On the earth we see that the moon __4___like a cake There is ___5__air（空气） on the moon ___6___there is no living things（生命） there The side（面） of the moon towards（）the sun is very hot while the other side is very ____7__ People can jump__8__ on the moon than on the earth and walk __9___there It takes more than three days to get to the moon __10___spaceship（宇宙飞船）
( )1 A smaller B bigger C shorter D longer
( )2 A very B much C quite D longer
( )3 A near B middle C far D back
( )4 A looks B watches C sees D finds
( )5 A much B some C no D any
( )6 A but B again C then D so
( )7 A hot B cold C warm D light
( )8 A happy B higher C early D different
( )9 A easily B harder C later D early
( )10 A on B by C in D at
Module 2 My home town and my country
教学容：Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England
二课型：Reading and writing
三教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：in the east ofhome townespeciallybe famous fora population ofarealowislandmountaincountrysideuniversity
2读懂关介绍剑桥伦敦英国短文解文章旨找相关细节信息
3掌握形容词较级法
4够学语言介绍家乡
四教学重难点：
1读懂关介绍剑桥伦敦英国短文解文章旨找相关细节信息
2够学语言介绍家乡
五教学准备：PPT课件教学挂图录音机课堂联系表格
六教学程：
教学步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1 Warmingup
Leadin
1Let the Ss enjoy a song and tell what the song is about
2Free talk Have Ss to talk about China
1Enjoy a song and tell what the song is about
2Free talk
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step2 Prereading
1Have Ss to talk about the map of England and learn some new words(Activity 1)
2 New words learning：Show Ss some pictures and have a free talk between T& Ss teach the new words and expressions
1Learn new words (east west north south) by talking about the map of England(Activity 1)
Learn new words and phrases by free talk
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step3 Whilereading
1Scanning
Ask the Ss to scan the passage and find out the places introduced in the passage then choose a title for each picture(Activity 2)
1Scan the passage find out the places introduced in the passage then choose a title for each picture(Activity 2)
学生带着务(问题)阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果阅读技巧分层阅读文章更知识点课文容理解突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
2Skimming
Organize the Ss to skim the passage and complete the table in Activity 3
2Skim the passage and skim the passage and complete the table in Activity 3
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph1
① Choose the best answers
②Let the Ss read Paragraph 1 in groups of four and then find out the difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（2）Paragraph 2：
① Choose T or F correct the wrong sentences
②Let the girls read the Paragraph 2 and the boys point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（3）Paragraph3&4：
①Let the Ss read paragraph 3&4 then answer the questions
②Ask a groups of six students to read Paragraph 3&4 and let the other students listen carefully to point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（4）Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph 2 & 3
① Choose the best answers
4 Cambridge is in the _____ of England
A east Bsouth
C west D north
5 Cambridge is especially famous for ______
A churches B river
C university Dbuilding
3 People enjoy trips along the river _________
A on foot B by plane
C by car D by boat
②Read Paragraph1 in groups of four and then find out the difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
（2）Paragraph 2：
① Choose T or F correct the wrong sentences
3 London has a population about 7500000
2 Cambridge is bigger an busier than London
3 London is 80 kilometres from Cambridge
②Let the girls read the Paragraph 2 and the boys point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
（3）Paragraph3&4：
①Let the Ss read paragraph 3&4 then answer the questions
3 What do tourists like in England
4 When is the best time to visit London according to the writer Why
②A groups of six students to read Paragraph 3&4 and the other students listen carefully to point out the importance and difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
（4）Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
Step4 Postreading
1 Have Ss to complete the passage of Activity 4 and read the passage together
2 Have the Ss to retell the passage with the information in Activity 3
3 Have Ss to ask and answer the questions in pairs (Activity 5 )
1Complete the passage of Activity 4
2Try to retell the passage with the information in Activity 3
3 Ask and answer the question in pairs and then write down the answers (Activity 5)
适量练学生加深课文容理解巩固语言知识点
Step5 Summary
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step6 Homework
Have the Ss write a passage about their home town with the information in Activity 5
Finish the homework
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
MODULE 2 My home town and my country
Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England
Cambridge
London
England
组评价
T1
T2
八达标训练题
根单词句子意思填适短语
1 Guilin ______(famous) mountains and rivers
2 She is _______(especial) good at swimming
3 Cambridge has _______(population) about 120000
二单项选择
1 ——Where is Shijiazhuang
——It’s _____ the _____ of China
A in north B in west C on north D on south
2 Sichuan is famous ______ its hot food
A for B as C on D In
3 I enjoy _____ after supper
A walk B walked Cto walk D walking
4 Don’t talk to anyone about the bad news ________ my mother
A hardly B usually C especially D simply
5 Lucy was born blind so she has _______ seen our beautiful world
A often B sometimes C seldom D never
Module 2 My hometown and my country
十四 教学容：Unit3 Language in use
十五 课型：Revision and application
十六 教学目标：
1正确运模块词汇：population million than north south university等
2运形容词较级两者进行较学间进行真实交际
3运学知识学介绍较两场
十七 教学重难点：
运学知识学介绍较两场
十八 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学
节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
十九 教学程：
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1
Leadin
1 Show the word map (Activity 4) on the blackboard and get the Ss to complete it
2 Show the two pictures of Shenzhen and Hong Kong Have the Ss to talk about them with comparative adjectives and the word map on the blackboard And write down some comparative adjectives sentences on the blackboard
3 Get the Ss to compare their hometown with Shenzhen or Hong Kong and talk about the two places
4 Make sure that the Ss understand the sentences on the blackboard
1 Look at the word map and complete it
2 Talk about the two pictures with comparative adjectives and the word map on the blackboard
eg A Is Hong Kong bigger than Shenzhen
B Yes it is
3 Compare their hometown with Shenzhen or Hong Kong and talk about the two places Then introduce their hometown
4 Try to understand the use of the comparative adjectives sentences on the blackboard
巩固模块语言点引导学生交流总结知识点
Step2
Whiletask
1 Activity 1 Get the Ss to complete the sentences
2 Activity 3 Make a sentence as a model with the information in the table
3 Activities 56 Let the Ss to finish them
1 Activity 1 complete the sentences and show the answers
2 Activity 3 Make a sentence as a model with the information in the table with the teacher Then make more sentences and write them down
3 Activities 56 Finish the exercises and then check them with the class
笔头形式进行较级语句训练
Step3
Posttask
1 Organization
1 Compare their hometowns with a place in small groups Write down the information in the following table
运形容词较级两方进行信息记录→描述提高语言实际运力
Shenzhen(or Hong Kong or other cities)
Hometown
Location
How old
Population
Famous places
Special things
2 Organization
2 Compare two cities and talking about them with the information in the above table in groups Then write a passage And then share the passage with the class
Step5
Summary 较级较两体组成句子方式形容词副词变成较级形态形容词副词前加more加缀er
总结纳利学生进步梳理学知识
Step6
Homework
Review the usage of comparative adjectives
达标训练题
单项选择
1 This one is too large Can you show me a _______ one
A larger B large
C small D smaller
2 – Do you think March is ____ than January
– Yes it’s ______ warmer
A better a little B well much
C worse very D nicer quite
3 The weather in North China is colder than ______ in South China
A ＼ B this C the one D that
4 Which one is _____ this one or that one
A good B bad C best D better
5 I think your room is _______ bigger
A a lot B a lot of
C lots of D more
二根句意写出缺单词
(1)I’m 12 years old You’re 14 I’m ________ than you
(2) A rabbit’s tail is _______ than a monkey’s tail
(3) An elephant is _______ than a pig
(4) A lake is _______ than a sea
(5) A basketball is ______ than a football
Module 3 Sports
教学容：Unit 1 Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis
二 课型：Listening and speaking
三 教学目标：
1 够正确列单词词组： baseball volleyball boring exciting relaxing score already matter hurt enjoyable Olympics stadium miss mind plenty plenty of
2 正确列句型：What’s the score
What’s the matter with you
That’s too bad
I’m not sure about that
Bad luck
Never mind
That’s because
Staying at home was easier than going to the stadium
3 够听懂谈运动谈话回答相关简单问题
4形容词较级描述球类运动
5通单元学解项球类运动增加体育锻炼兴趣
教学重难点：
够熟练运形容词副词较级形式较体育项目
四 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片实物题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机实物课堂练表格奖品
五 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Greetings
2． Free talk Do you like sports What’s your favourite sport Why
1 Greetings
2 Free talks about different kinds of sports like swimming skating running basketball football and so on
旧引新先引导学生进入新模块容训练学生反应时形中培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
1 T What do you think of basketball Is it easy or difficult
2 Show students some pictures of the sports and show the new words as well For example I like basketball because it’s exciting
3 Have the students listen and number the sports in Activity 1
4 Have the students use the words in the box to talk about the sports in Activity 2
1 S Easy＼Difficult
2 Look at the pictures and listen carefully to the teacher try to say sth about the sports and learn some new words
eg I like basketball because it’s exciting
I like football I think it’s more exciting than basketball
3Listen and number the sports
4Talk about the sports
先听说引导学生听完简单谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and answer
Have the students listen to the tape and answer the question
What kind of sports are they watching on TV
ABasketball BFootball CTable tennis
2Listen and read
Have the students listen and read the dialogue by themselves and check the true sentences in Activity 2Then check their answers in pairs then in class
3Read and remember
Ask students to read the dialogue in groups and try to find out some important language points by themselves then help them solve the difficult points if necessary
4 Act out the dialogue
1Listen and answer the question
What kind of sports are they watching on TV
ABasketball BFootball CTable tennis
2Listen and read and check the answers in pairs Correct the wrong sentences as well
3 The students read the dialogue in groups and find out the import language points
4 Read the dialogue in groups and then ask several groups to act out the dialogue in class
学生带着问题听课文学生听觉课文初步理解时培养学生通听获取细节信息技巧
学生通听读课文纠正语音进步熟悉课文容check 正确句子更正错误句子培养学生通读获取细节信息力
通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Complete the passage
Let the students complete the passage with the words in Activity 1(Activity 5)
2Make a report
In groups make a survey about sports and then make a report
1 Complete the passage of Activity 5 and ask 2 volunteers to say out their answers
2 Ask their teamers questions like this Which sport do you like football or basketball WhyThen make a report like this likes basketball because it’s more exciting than football
学生根实际完成文段学会正确表达关项球类运动情况时解情况
通组活动学生充分实践运语言形中突破课难点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Complete the sentences with the words in the box(Activity4)
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固运已学知识
七板书设计：
Module 3 Sports
Unit 1 Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis
Football is more exciting than basketball
Playing table tennis is easier than playing volleyball
达标训练题
词适形式填空：
1 Playing football is ___________ (exciting) than watching it
2 Tennis is ____________ (difficult) than basketball
3Table tennis is __________( popular) than football in China
4 I think swimming is _________ (relaxing) than running
5 Tennis is __________ ( boring) than table tennis
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1 ________ You look tired
AWhat’s the wrong BWhat’s the matter with you
C What’s matter with you D What’s the matter of you
( ) 2 Running is ________ than table tennis because you can do it everywhere
A easy B difficult C easier D more difficult
( ) 3 I failed the exam _________Study hard and you will pass it next time
A That’s too bad BI’m not sure about that
C Bad luck D Never mind
( )4 — What’s the time
— It’s 8 Don’t worryWe still have ____________time
A plenty of B many C lot of D little
( )5 Playing football is _____than _______it at home
A more exciting watch B more dangerous watching
C excitingerwatching D Dangerouserwatching
Module 3 Sports
六 教学容：Unit 2 This year we are training more carefully
七 课型：Reading and writing
八 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组： beat careless cheer on coach fan club against train practice warm warm up usual better pleased pass pity chance loudly
2够读懂介绍描写体育活动短文扑捉旨意结合文猜测词义
3够运形容词较级形式作出合适较表达观点
4时间状语现情况
九 教学重难点：
1够读懂介绍描写体育活动短文
2够运形容词较级形式作出合适较表达观点
十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
十 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
1Lead in
Play a piece of music The cup of lifeand then have a free talk with Ss
The song sounds exciting isn’t it Do you like football Why
1 Answer the questions
首动感歌曲进行热身活跃课堂气氛学生快速进入课话题然谈歌曲引导学生回顾节课容考验学生Unit1知识掌握程度训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1Show students the two pictures of Activity1 Lead the students to describe them and present new words in sentences and teach them as well
eg The blue team beat the red team because the red team was careless
2Have students guess
Look at the title Training hard Why they train hard Did Li Daming’s team win last year
1Watch and try to describe the two pictures and learn some new words
2Guess whether Li Daming’s team win last year
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述图片力描述时学新单词句型量做词离句学生扫清阅读障碍
通猜测激发学生产生阅读愿心理
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
1 Scanning
Ask students to scan the passage and find out the main idea of it
2 Skimming
（1）Ask students to skim the passage and complete the table
T We know Li Daming’s team tain hard this yearWhat do they do Why
Read the passage quickly again and complete the table in groups
（2）Call back the answers
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1&2
①Choose the best answers
T Now we know they train hard this yearWhere and when do they train Read Paragraph 1&2 in pairs and choose the best answers to the two questions
②Let the students read Paragraph 1&2 in groups of four and find out difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
T Why they lost to the other team last year Let’s continue learning Paragraph 3
(2)Paragraph 3
①Present some sentences to the students and ask them to write T or F also correct the wrong sentences after reading Paragraph 3
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③ Let one team students read Paragraph 3 and the other students listen carefully to point out important points
④Solve the difficulties
T We know that it’s good to have many fans around when we re playing the gameSo do they Do you know the reason Read Paragraph 4 and answer the question
(3)Paragraph 4
①Let the students read Paragraph4 and answer the question in pairs
②Let the students ask and answer in pairs to check their answers
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 4 Let the other students listen carefully and find out difficulties
④Solve difficulties
T Let’s read the letter together
Scan the passage and choose the main idea
八 They are going to play against another next week
九 It’s more difficult to practice in winter
十 Their coach is pleased
十 They tain hard
Skim the passage and complete the table in Activity2 in groups
3． Read Paragraph1&2
①Choose the best answers
1Where do they tain( )
AAt school B At the stadium
2When does the practice start ( )
A At 9 in the morning
B At 9 in the afternoon
C At 10 in the afternoon
DAt 10 in the morning
What’s the weather like in winter there
七 The days are short and gets dark earlier
八 The days are short and gets dark later
九 The days are long and it’s cold
十 The days are long and gets dark earlier
②Read Paragraph 1&2 in groups of four and find out difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
(2)Read the letter of Paragraph C also correct the wrong sentences
①write T or F after reading Paragraph C
1 They were sometimes careful when they passed the ball
( )
2 This year they are training more carefully ( )
②A student to be a little teacher to check the answers Others try their best to answer the questions
③One team students read Paragraph 3 and the other students point out difficulties points
④To say the difficulties
and solve together
(3)Read Paragraph 4 and answer the question
① Find out the answer to the question
Why it is good to have their fans around
②The students ask and answer in pairs
③A group of six students to read paragraph 4 The other students listen carefully and find out difficulties
④Say the difficulties and solve them
求学生快速阅读文章选出课文题意培养学生快速阅读技巧获取文章整体信息力
学生抓住课文题意求学生次课文进行深入细致阅读学生理解文章细节篇章结构更深层次理解进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取细节信息提高阅读效果获取细节信息技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1Retell
①Let the students complete the passage with the words in the box in Activity3
②Call back the answers
from two students then
read the short passage
in the whole class
2Speaking
①Put the words in the box into pairs with opposite meanings
②Make sentences with the words
eg He got up late yesterdaybut he got up later this morning
1Complete the passage with the words in the box
2
①Put the words in the box into pairs with opposite meanings
②Make sentences with the words
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a passage about their school basketball team in Activity5
Complete the sentences and then add some details Write a passage
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七 板书设计：
Unit2 This year we are training more carefully
play against
as as we can
so that
warm up
beat
win
It’s ＋adj(for Sb) to do Sth
What a pity
cheer on
达标训练题
词正确形式填空
1 Please read the sentences____________ (careful)
2 I didn’t sleep _______( good)last night So I feel __________(tired)today
3 They passed the ball _______(careless)so they lost the game
4 I felt tired last night so I went to bed _________(early) than usual
二 单项选择
1 The horse is getting old and cannot run ______ it did
A as faster as B so fast than C faster D so fast as
2 We lost the game
____________
A Congratulations B So bad C What a pity D Well done
3 The Brazil _____us and _______the match
A beat beat B beat won C won beat D won won
4 It’s ______for us to walk to the stadium because it’s too far
A easy B easily C difficult D difficultly
Module 3 Sports
教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
二 课型：Revision and application
三 教学目标：
1 正确运模块词汇：boringexcitingrelaxingenjoyablecareless等
2 区正确形容词副词较级
3 根模块学知识介绍喜爱体育项目制作海报陈述喜爱理该项目特点
四 教学重难点：
够形容词较级描述运动制作明信片
五 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
六 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1Show students a short video about different kinds of ball games
2Have a free talk with students
What’s your favourite sport
Why
1The students watch the video and learn the different kinds of ball games
2 Answer the questions like this My favourite sport is Because it’s
通观关种球类运动视频学生视觉直观解项球类运动时活跃课堂气氛进步学做铺垫
通学生交谈复Unit1知识点时训练学生反应
2 Whiletask(17’)
3 Let the students work in pairs look at the pictures ask and answer in Activity1 like this
What’s your favourite sport
My favourite sport is swimmingIt’s exciting
1Look at the pictures and ask and answer in pairs
学生通伴问答达真实交际目时强化形容词法运
4 Have a competition
Work in groups of four compare the sports to see which group can collect the most sentences
5 4Organization
5Have students look at the blackboard and summary the rules of Comparative adjectives(more)
十 The students work in groups and make sentences about comparing the sports
3 They will have a competition for writing on the blackboard (See which group can write the most correct sentences )
4 Two students will collect the sentences on the blackboard And see which group will do the best
5 Look at the sentences on the blackboard and find out the rules of Comparative adjectives
通赛收集形容词较级较运动句子激发学生动性创造性思维达学致目
步骤学生写黑板正确句子学生观察总结形容词较级构成达学生通发现认知进纳知识点目
6Show students two sentences and ask them to find out the usage between adjectives and adverbs
7Have students make sentences with adjectives and adverbs
② Look at the sentences and find out the usage between adjectives and adverbs
Tom was carelessHe did his homework carelessly
The teacher is careful and he speaks carefully
7Make sentences
环节通先学生展示两形容词副词句子学生通观察找出法体现学生学动性更加深学生印象接着通造句子强化形容词副词法运
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Have students work in groups and complete the sentences and passage with the words in the brackets of Activity 24
2 Call back the answers
1Complete the sentences and passage with the words in the brackets of Activity 24 in groups
2 Check the answers in groups then in class
通组间合作完成笔头练强化模块知识点运培养学生学团体精神
3 Ask the students to work in groups talk about their favourite Olympic sports and make a sports poster
4Organization
3 Work in groups talk about their favourite Olympic sports and make a sports poster
AWhat’s your favourite Olympic sport
BMy favourite Olympic sport is
AWhy do you like it
BI like it because
4Choose the best poster
通组间交流谈喜欢奥林匹克运动制作明信片达真实交际目时实现学致
评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
4 Summary
(1’)
Ask the students to conclude the usage of adjectives and adverbs and their comparative
Students conclude the usage of adjectives and adverbs and their comparative
引导学生模块知识点总结培养学生学总结良学惯
5 Homework（1’）
Write an email to your best friend about your favourite sport
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
板书设计
Module 3 Sports
Unit 3 Language in use
Table tennis is more exciting than tennis
Tennis is more expensive than table tennis
more + adjectives(音节)
Tom was carelessHe did his homework carelessly
The teacher is careful and he speaks carefully
行动词+副词
系动词+形容词
达标训练题
5 写出列形容词副词
careful _________ careless_________ quick_________ bad _________
slow_________ early_________ late_________ fast_________ hard_________
6 词正确形式填空
4 She played the violin _________( bad)
5 Nothing is _________(interesting)than watching TV
6 He is a _________boyHe does everything_________( careful)
4Study _________(hard)and you will get better grades
5Jogging in the countryside is _________(enjoyable)than jogging in the city
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
教学容： Unit 1 He lives the farthest from school
二课型：Listening and speaking
三教学目标：
1正确运词汇：road accident except far far away crowded choice classmate all the time journey book outside close park however cost
2听懂含形容词副词高级形式话旅行方式交通工具描述
3够形容词副词高级形式谈较旅行方式交通工具
四 教学重难点：
够形容词副词高级形式谈较旅行方式交通工具
五 教学准备：
课指导学生通听力获取信息培养学生听力技课堂采媒体手段辅助教学媒体课件
六 预求：
根音标学课新单词
七 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Let the students watch a video sing the song The train Ask Can you guess the name of the song
2 Show some pictures of vehicles on the computer let the students say them out quickly The first one to say it is the winner
Then introduce the title
1 Listen and sing the song together Guess the name the song
2 Stand up and say out the names of the vehicles quickly Try to be the first one
通歌曲激发学生兴趣引入交通工具然呈现常交通工具图片复名称然导出课话题
Step Two
Pretask(5’)
Task1 Check the new words
1 Show more pictures and things to get the students to say out new words
2 Ask one little teacher to teach the students to read the new words
1Look at the pictures and things say out the new words and phrases
2 Students read the new words together after the little teacher
引导学生谈ppt图片检查学生词汇掌握程度训练学生表达力通图片情景学单词做词离句
Step Three
Whiletask (20’)
Task2 Do activity 1
Ask the students to finish Activity One Match the words in the box with the pictures Then check the answers quickly
Task 3 Listening(Activity 2)
1 Ask the students to listen and match the words in the box with the pictures in Activity 1
2 Guide them answer in this way Going by bus is cheap
Task4 Listening(Activity 3)
1 Play the tape ask students to listen and choose the best answers to the two questions
① Who lives the farthest from school (A Tony B Lingling C Daming)
② How does Daming go to school (A By underground B On foot C By bus)
2 Check their answers
Task 4 Reading(Activity 3)
1 Ask the students to read the conversation and complete the table in Activity Three
2 Call back the answers
Task 5 Practice reading
1 Organize the students to read the conversation with the video
2Ask the Ss to work with their groups to read the conversation
3 Organize the students to have a competition Read the dialogue in groups and choose the best group
Task 6 Solve the language points
(1)Organize students to read the conversation again and find the language points Let them discuss in groups and solve their problems
(2)Ask three little teachers to help the students solve their problems
Task 7 Retelling
Get the Ss to retell the conversation with the information in the table in Activity 3
Task 7 Grammar and exercises
1 Summary all the sentences of the Superlative adjectives and adverbs Give more samples
2 Ask the students to complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in the box(Activity 4)
3Ask the students to go on completing the sentences with the words or expression in the box (Activity 5)
Students match the words in the box with the pictures
1Students listen and match the words in the box with the pictures in Activity 1
2 Describe the pictures with right sentences
Eg Going by bus is cheap
1 Listen to the tape and and get the correct answers
① Who lives the farthest from school (A Tony B Lingling C Daming)
② How does Daming go to school (A By underground B On foot C By bus)
2 Give the answers in pairs
1 Students read the conversation and complete the table in Activity Three
2 Give the answers
1 Student read the conversation with the video
2 Then practice in groups
3 Have a competition Read the dialogue in groups and choose the best group Try to read the best
(1) Students read the conversation again and find the language points Discuss in groups and solve their problems
(2)Little teachers come to the front and help other students solve the language points the other students listen carefully and note
Try to retell the conversation with the information in the table in Activity 3 eg Betty goes to school by bus Tony takes the understand to school Because he lives the farthest from school Etc
1 Summary all the sentences of the Superlative adjectives and adverbs Give more samples
2 Ask the students to complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in the box(Activity 4)
3Ask the students to go on completing the sentences with the words or expression in the box (Activity 5)
检查完词汇时做Activity 1匹配联系进行巩固
训练学生听力 加深学生课新词汇印象
根听力结果选词完整句子描述图片训练学生口头表达力
带着问题听课文学生目听录音学会综合获信息作答
活动三练作阅读训练题学生充足先学先理解时间利阶段授课
通观视频代枯燥乏味空想象时获取正确语音语调
通组朗读互相纠正错误培养团结合作精神
组合作探究完成学务培养学力
通老师讲解语言点学生更兴趣进步理解课文容
通引导学生复述话培养学生表达力
教师补充讲解课难点起画龙点睛作
通活动4活动5题巩固课学容加深印象
Step Four
Posttask
(9’)
Task 7 Do some speaking
1 Pair work
Organize them to ask and answer questions about the ways of going to school Use the words in the box to help them
AWhat’s the most expensive way to go to school
B Going by taxi is the most expensive
AHow about by bus is it a good way to go to school
B It is cheap but so crowded
2Have the Ss act out the dialogue
1Ask and answer questions about the ways of going to school Use the words in the box to help them
AWhat’s the most expensive way to go to school
B Going by taxi is the most expensive
AHow about by bus is it a good way to go to school
B It is cheap but so crowded
2 Ss act out the dialogue
通2组简单话练操练课重点句型环节表演作铺垫话表演时整节课高潮部分学生情境中进行交际提高学生英语语言综合运力
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
①travel by traincarship
undergroundboatbustaxi
②The structures fo the superlative adjectives and adverbs
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Make an interview
Ask them to interview their friends about How do they go to school every day Then let them give a report next class
Report My friend… usually goes to school by bike because her his home is the closest to school My friend … usually goes to school by bus because hisher home is the farthest from school
2Ask the students to finish the exercises in the workbook of Module 4 Unit 1
1 Make an interview
Ask them to interview their friends about How do they go to school every day Then let them give a report next class
2Finish the exercises in the workbook of Module 4 Unit 1
口头作业笔头作业相结合助学生方面力培养时巩固已学知识学知识运实际中
板书
设计
Module 4 Planes ships and trains 组评价
Unit1 I He lives the farthest from school
1 Lingling’s home is the closest to school T1 T2 T3
2 It is the most comfortable way
but it’s the most expensive
3 Tony lives farthest from school
达标训练题
A 学练：写出列单词高级形式：
1 short _________________ 2 nice _________________
3 big _________________ 4 thin _________________
5 early _________________ 6 slowly _________________
7 beautiful _________________ 8 carefully _________________
9 badly _________________ 10 much _________________
11 little _________________ 12 far __________________
B 单项选择：
( ) 1 Debbie is growing fast She is even________ than her mother
A tall B taller C tallest D the tallest
( )2—Dad would you please drive ________
— No hurry We have enough time before the plane takes off
A faster B more slowly C more carefully
( ) 3—Do you know Lin Shuhao
—Yes He is one of _____ basketball players in the NBA
A popular B more popular C the most popular
( ) 4 Is Lily’s home _____ away from school than Linda’s
A far B farther C farthest
( ) 5—Who ran ______ of all in the sports meeting
—Hector did I think
A fast B faster C the fastest D most fast
( ) 6 Li Na is ________ tennis player in China now
A most famous B the most famous C more famous
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
二十 教学容：Unit 2 What is the best way to travel
二十 课型：Reading and writing
二十二 教学目标：
1够正确列单词：journey book outside choice however cost
2够读懂关旅游交通工具文章抓住文章细节
3够运形容词副词高级形式种交通方式进行
4解英语国家关旅游交通等方面信息密切联系日常生活拓展视野激发学英语兴趣
四教学重难点：
1够理解关旅游交通工具文章（重点）
2够正确运形容词副词较级高级写篇旅游日志较种交通工具便捷便处（难点）
五教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件
六教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1Play a game
Ask the every student to write a word of their favorite vehicle on a piece of paper then let them exchange it with their friend Then let a student say out the word in hisher hand those who has the same word must stand up quickly and change their seat the one that has no seat is the loser
2．Ask the student to give a report about their interview
Report My friend… usually goes to school by bike because her his home is the closest to school My friend … usually goes to school by bus because hisher home is the farthest from school
1 Play a game
Every student writes a word of their favorite vehicle on a piece of paper then exchange it with their friend A student say out the word in hisher hand those who has the same word must stand up quickly and change their seat the one that has no seat is the loser
2 Students give reports about their interview
Report My friend… usually goes to school by bike because her his home is the closest to school My friend … usually goes to school by bus because hisher home is the farthest from school
通游戏听单词抢位置活跃课堂气氛利切入课关词汇
时训练学生反应
通汇报形式检查节课布置调查作业回顾节课容考验学生Unit1知识掌握程度
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1Check the new words
（1）Show more pictures and things to get the students fill in the blanks with right words
eg journey book outside choice however cost
（2）Organize them to read the new words together
2Free talk
Ask the students to talk about the ways to go to a city that they like to visit in pairs
1 How do you get there
2 What’s the cheapest way to get there
3 What’s the best way to get there
（1）Watch pictures learn some new words and try to fill in the blanks with right words
（2）Read the new words together
Students talk about the ways to go to a city that they like to visit in pairs
1 How do you get there
2 What’s the cheapest way to get there
3 What’s the best way to get there
引导学生谈图片 通图片情景学单词做词离句
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
1 Scanning
Ask students to scan the passage and find out the main idea for the passage
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and answer the question
T What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam
3Careful reading
Paragraph 1
(1) Present some sentences to the students and ask them to write T or F also correct the wrong sentences
① The writer wants to travel from Amsterdam to London
② The writer wants to know the cheapest way of travelling
(2)Let the students read Paragraph One in groups of six and find out difficulties
(3) Ask them to solve difficulties
Paragraph 2 and 3
(1)Ask the students to read Paragraph 2 and 3 then answer the following questions
① Which is more relaxing going by train or going by coach
②What is the most expensive way to travel
③Is parking in Amsterdam very expensive
(2) Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
(3) Organize the whole class to read together
(4)Ask some little teachers to solve the difficulties
Paragraph 4 5and 6
(1)Let the students read Paragraph 456 and fill in the blanks
Going by________is usually the cheapest but in summer it often gets ________ and ________ you a long time to get there Going by plane is the ________ and the second ___________ but you may have to wait for hours at the airport ________ of bad weather
(2) Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in these paragraphs
4 Practise reading
Get the students watch a video and read with it then let them read loudly in groups
Students scan the passage and find out the main idea for the passage For example Ways of travelling from London to Amsterdam
Students skim the passage and find the answer to the question
S It is by car or by ship
（1）Students read Paragraph One and choose T or F
① The writer wants to travel from Amsterdam to London F
② The writer wants to know the cheapest way of travelling F
(2)Students read Paragraph One in groups of six and find out difficulties
(3)Solve the difficulties together
(1)Students read Paragraph 2 and 3 find the answers to the following questions
①Going by coach is more relaxing
②Travelling by car or by ship is the most comfortable way
③Yes it is
(2) A little teacher checks the answers
(3) The whole class read together
(4) Some little teachers solve the difficulties
(1)Students read Paragraph 456 and fill in the blanks
The answers are
coach crowded takes fastest cheapest because
(2)Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in these paragraphs
Students watch a video and read with it then read loudly in groups
求学生快速阅读课文找出课中心思想
通学生快速阅读找出文课题答案解旨容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
读书英语学中起着相重作熟生巧通读学正确语音语调通组朗读互相学培养合作精神
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1Speaking
(1)Ask the students to complete the table find the good points and bad points of travelling then let them list more about it
Ways of travelling
Good points
Bad points
Train
more relaxing
than by coach
Car and ship
Coach
Plane
(2) Divided the whole class into two groups then let them have a debate competition
2Retell
(1) Organize the Ss to retell the passage with the information in Activity3
(2)Let the students Complete the passage with the words in the box
Complete the passage with the words in the box
choice cost However journey outside
There are four ways to travel from London to Amsterdam The first _______ is by train because the _____ takes only by four hours _______ it is quite expensive Going by car and by ship or by coach does not_______ as much as going by train When you go by car and by ship remember that parking in Amsterdam is not cheap so it is best way _______the city centre and travel in by bus or by train
(2)Call back the answers
from the whole class then
let them read the short passage in the whole class
(1)Cmplete the table find the good points and bad points of travelling list more about it
(2) Girls and boys have a debate competition
(1) Try to retell the passage with the information in Activity3
(2) Students Complete the passage with the words in the box
(2)Call back the answers from the whole class then
read the short passage in the whole class
通完成表格训练学生信息汇总力通分组辩赛激励学生讲听进步学生巩固课时知识
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a passage about ways of travelling from London to Paris Use the information in Activity 5 and the passage in Activity 2 to help you
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
Unit 2 What is the best way to travel
1 What’s the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam
2 The more information the better
3 This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive
4 It’s the fastest and the second cheapest
达标训练题
I 单项选择
( ) 1 Study hard ____ you study _____ results you’ll get
A Harder better B The harder better
C The harder the better D Harder the better
( ) 2 Dear students please read every sentence carefully _______ you are ________ mistakes you’ll make
A The more carefully the fewer B The more careful the less
C The more carefully the less D The more careful the fewer
( ) 3 —What do you think of the traffic in our city (2013菏泽)
—It’s_____ than it used to be but there’s still a long way to go
A worse B worst C better D best
( ) 4 Traveling around big cities by taxi can cost a lot of money but it’s usually
_____ to take the underground train to most places (2013菏泽)
A amazing B expensive C convenient D exciting
( )5 Liu Ying is as _____ as her sister (2013湖南湘西)
A tall B taller C the tallest
( ) 6 I am good at math but his English is ________ than mine (2013黄石)
A much better B more better C very better D pretty better
( ) 7 The world’s population is growing _____ and there is _____ land and
water for growing rice (2013荆门)
A more less B larger fewer C larger less D more fewer
( ) 8 It’s _____ to listen to light music when you feel tired (2013温州)
A dangerous B scary C relaxing D difficult
II 英汉互译
1．公汽车 2．长路程
3．第3选择 4．花费某时间干某事
5．订票 6．get crowded
7．cost as much as 8．travel in by bus or by train
9．because of 10．stay outside the city centre
III列词语变高级形式
1．beautiful___________ 2．difficult _________
3．good _____________ 4．thin __________
5．short ____________ 6．expensive _________
7．tall _____________ 8．little___________
9．fast _____________ 10．many ___________
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
二十三 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
二十四 课型：Revision and application
二十五 教学目标：
1正确运模块词汇：road accident except far far away crowded choice classmate all the time journey book outside close park however cost journey book outside choice however等
2类整理单词词组提高单词学效率
3运形容词副词较级高级
4够运学知识介绍旅行计划坐交通工具
二十六 教学重难点：
掌握形容词副词较级高级法描述较种交通方式
二十七 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法游戏等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片等
二十八 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
Leadingin
（8’）
1Free talk
Show the students six pictures of vehicles and guide the students to make dialogues in this way：
A How do you often travel
B I usually travel by plane It is the fastest How about you
AI often go by car It is the most comfortable way to travel
B…
2Play a game
Let the students read the following sentences as quickly as they can
1) It’s the most comfortable way but it’s the most expensive
2) He lives farthest from school
3) It is the fastest and the second cheapest
4) The more information the better
Talk about the six pictures of vehicles in pairs Make up a dialogue
A How do you often travel
B I usually travel by plane It is the fastest How about you
AI often go by car It is the most comfortable way to travel
B…
Read the following sentences as quickly as they can Choose the fastest one
1) It’s the most comfortable way but it’s the most expensive
2) He lives farthest from school
3) It is the fastest and the second cheapest
4) The more information the better
呈现六张关交通工具图片21组展开话复单元话题学生快进入学状态
通游戏谁快复单元语法句子提高学生反复朗读兴趣读速度越块越达定熟练程度
2 Whiletask(17’)
1Ask the students to complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets Then check the answers (Activity 1)
For example
(1) This bus takes the _________ (long) time because it is the _______ (slow)
2 Let the students complete the conversations in Activity 2 and Activity 3
3Practise speaking
Organize the students to ask and answer the questions in Activity 5 in pairs Then let them give a report about their friend
4 Ask the students to complete the email with the words in the box Then check the answers and organize them to read together ( Activity 6)
5 Listening practice
(1)Ask the students to read through the information in Activity 7 individually
(2) Play the tape for the students to listen and match
(3) Ask the students to check with a partner
(4) Check the answers
6Play the tape again Ask them to answer the two questions
(1) Which city has the largest population
(2)Which cities have the oldest universities in the world
7Around the world The longest railway
(1) Ask the students to look at the picture and discuss what they can see
(2) Ask them to read through the passage by themselves Get them choose T or F for the following exercises
①Moscow is the capital of Russia
②It is the fastest way to travel from Moscow to Vladivostok
(3) Organize the whole class to read it once
1 complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets Then give the answers (Activity 1)
(1) This bus takes the longest time because it is the slowest
2 Complete the conversations in Activity 2 and Activity 3
3 Students ask and answer the questions in Activity 5 in pairs Then say something about their friend
4 Complete the email with the words in the box Then give the answers and read together ( Activity 6)
5 Listening practice
(1)Students read through the information in Activity 7 individually
(2) Listen and match the cities with the information
(3) Students check the answers with a partner
(4)Check the answers
6Listen again and get the answers to the two questions
(1) London
(2) Oxford and Cambridge
7Around the world The longest railway
(1)Look at the picture and discuss what they can see
(2)Read through the passage by themselves
Choose T or F for the following exercises
①Moscow is the capital of Russia T
②It is the fastest way to travel from Moscow to Vladivostok F
(3) The whole class to read it once
通活动二三六反复练复巩固前面两单元掌握语法词汇
通咨询朋友获关信息信息进行综合汇报关情况
学生快速朗读关听力信息材料然听录音连线题较简单听力训练激起部分学生求知欲培养学生信心
听录音回答问题疑学生老难第二次播放容学生已定信息储备效降低听力难度限听力材料反复听反复听说程中培养学生听说技时帮助学生熟悉背诵语言材料效手段必手段
Around the world处作阅读训练学生带着问题阅读求学生口头叙述阅读获信息锻炼说考查读
阅读训练仅仅做道题更重帮助学生中获取信息获乐趣
学生通量朗读断纠正语音语调逐步形成英语语感
3 Posttask
(19’)
Make a holiday plan for a family trip to a city in China
（1） Ask the students to find a map of China Let them choose a city to visit and decide on the best way to get there
（2）Ask the students to make a list of things to do there
（3）Ask the students to present their plans to the class and make notes about other groups’ plans
For example
I am planning a trip to the Forbidden City in Beijing I want to go there by car I think this is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive…
(4) Choose the best plan
（1） Find a map of China Choose a city to visit and decide on the best way to get there
（2）Make a list of things to do there
（3） Present your plan to the class and make notes about other groups’ plans
(4) Choose the best plan
学生通模块学获语言储备语言输出做铺垫
写作客观反映学生方面语言运力英语学真正延伸课堂外
环节设计目学生说基础够通书面表达进步巩固学容
4 Summary
(1’)
1Help the students to summary and compare modes of transportation
2 Ask the students to conclude the usage of
of Superlative adjectives and adverbs
1 Students summary and compare modes of transportation with the teacher’s help
2 Students conclude the usage of Superlative adjectives and adverbs
学生总结模块知识点加深理解
5 Homework（1’）
Master the new words and useful expression in Module 4
板书设计
Module 4 Planes ships and trains
Unit 3 Language in use
1) It’s the most comfortable way but it’s the most expensive
2) He lives farthest from school
3) It is the fastest and the second cheapest
4) The more information the better
达标训练题
单词适形式填空
1 Tony lives ___________ ( far) from the school in his class
2 Betty’s dad has _____________(expensive)journey
3 Daming has ___________(dangerous) journey
4 Lingling’s home is ________( close) to school
5 Daming has _________(fast) journey by bicycle
二根句意首字母提示补全单词
1Jenny sometimes t the train to Beijing
2Tony lives f from the school so he has the longest journey
3There are many people in the zoo it’s very c
4Lucy’s home is the c to the school so she walks
5 Boeing 747 is one of the most expensive ____________(飞机) in the world
三 阅读理解
Modern life is impossible without traveling The fastest way of traveling is by plane With a modern airliner(客机) you can travel in one day to places which needed a month or more to get to hundreds of years ago
Traveling by train is slower than by plane but you can see the places you are traveling through Modern trains have comfortable seats and diningcars They even make the longest journey enjoyable(令愉快)
Some people prefer to travel by sea You can visit many other countries or different parts of your country Ships are not so fast as trains or planes but traveling by sea is a very pleasant way to spend a holiday
Many people like to travel by car You can make your own timetable You can travel three or four hundred miles or only fifty or one hundred miles a day just as you like You can stop if there is something interesting for example at a good restaurant where you can enjoy a good meal or at a hotel to spend the night That’s why traveling by car is popular for pleasure trips while people usually take a train or a plane when they travel on business
( )31 From the passage we know the fastest way of traveling is ____
A by train B by sea C by plane D by car
( )32 If we travel by car we can ____
A make the longest journey enjoyableB travel to a very far place in a few minutes
C make our own timetableD visit many other countries
( )33 The underlined word They in the passage refers to(指) ____
A modern trains in the country B the comfortable seats and diningcars
C the travelers on the modern trains D the slower ways of traveling
( )34 When people travel on business they usually take ____
A a plane or a car B a car or a boatC a boat or a train D a train or a plane
( )35 How many ways of traveling are mentioned in the passage
A Four B Three C Two D Six
Module 5 Lao She Teahouse
二十九 教学容：Unit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera
三十 课型：Listening and speaking
三十 教学目标：
1正确运单元词汇短语：actress teahouse offer end in the end no idea
2听懂关京剧话解老舍茶馆感知动词定式作宾语表达
3动词定式表达意图计划 培养学生京剧中国传统文化兴趣爱增强民族豪感
三十二 教学重难点：
1单元求掌握单词词组
2掌握动词定式作宾语法动词定式表达意图计划等
三十三 教学准备：
课指导学生通听力获取信息培养学生听力技课堂采媒体手段辅助教学轻松愉快氛围中较真实语境联系学生生活实际结合已知识验运学语言基础知识学互相学学生语言实践中相互启发生成体验成功培养学生合作精神发展思维想象等力教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
三十四 预求：
i 根音标学课新单词
ii 查找相关资料找出认课较重语言点短语
三十五 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Enjoy the music the Beijing Opera
Q1 What’s the song about
Then show the title (I wanted to see the Beijing Opera)
2Free talk (Activity 1)
Ask two students some questions like this
(1)Do you like the Beijing Opera
(2) Do you want to see the Beijing Opera in Lao She Teahouse
(3) Do you know Lao She
Who is he
1 Enjoy the song and answer the question
(The Beijing Opera)
2 Listen and answer the questions
先首京剧引出节课题通环节活跃课堂气氛调动学生学兴趣
时学生free talk程中感受新语言项目通环节提高学生认知力
Step Two
Pretask(5’)
Task1 Check the new words
1 Show some pictures and things to get the students to say out the new words
2 Organize the students to read the new words together
3 Check the new words
1 Look at the pictures and things to say out the new words
2 Read the new words together
3 Give the answers
引导学生谈实物power point图片检查学生词汇掌握程度训练学生表达力通图片情景学单词做词离句学完单词时检查课前布置单词练题巩固词汇
Step Three
Whiletask (20’)
Task2listening
(1) Play the tape ask students to listen and underline the correct words or expressions then check the answers (Activity 2)
(2)Guide the students to listen to the conversation and choose the correct answer
1 Where did Lingling and Betty go last night
A Beijing B Lao She
C Lao She Teahouse
2Did Betty understand the opera
A Yes she did B No she didn’t C We don’t know
3 How long did they stay in Lao She house
A An hour B Two hours
C Three hours
4Who is Lao She
A A writer B An actor
C A player
(3)Organize the students to check their answers
Task 3 Reading
（1）Ask the students to read the conversation to check the true sentences then check the answers (Activity 3)
(2) Organize the students to read the conversation with the video
(3)Ask the Ss to work with their groups to read the conversation
(4) Have a competition Read the conversation in groups and choose the best group
Task 4 Solve the language points
(1)Organize students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found
(2)Help the students to solve the difficult points
Task5 Retell the dialogue
(1)Ask students to complete the passage with the correct form of the word in the box
（Activity4）
（2）Ask the students to retell the dialogue
(1) Listen to the tape and underline the correct words or expressions then show the answers (Activity 2)
(2)Listen to the conversation and choose the correct answer
(3)Check the answers
(1) Read the conversation to check the true sentences then check the answers (Activity 3)
(2)Read the conversation with the video
(3) Read the conversation in groups
(4) Read the conversation in groups and choose the best group
(1) Students come to the blackboard to show out some language points the other students listen to them carefully and note
(2)Solve the difficult points with the teacher’s help
(1)Students complete the passage
(2) Retell the dialogue
利听读练方式加强学生课文理解培养学生细节听力技巧够听取信息训练培养学生细节听力技巧
通视频听读话帮助学生进步理解课文容
组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言培养团结合作精神
通学生台展示找语言点培养学生胆量培养学力
教师点拨补充语言点学生进步理解知识点
通复述话加深课文掌握时锻炼口语
Step Four
Posttask
(9’)
Task 6Do some speaking
(1) Show some information that this weekend plan to do Help the students to talk about them like this
What do you plan to do this
weekend
Where do you want to go
What do your parents offer to
you etc
(2) Have the Ss report their plans for this weekend
(3) Ask students to do some
Exercises and then check
(1) Talk about something my plan for this weekend with the teacher’s help
What do you plan to do
this weekend
Where do you want to go
What do your parents offer
to you etc
(2) Report their plans for this weekend
I plan to…
I want to…
My parents offered to…
I hope to … etc
(3)Do the exercises then check
通做报告训练学生说力学生加深课文容理解适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
通笔头练进步巩固学
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1 Get the students to sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss …
2 Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1 Sum up the language points
2 To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
(1) Write a short composition My plan for this weekend
(2) Finish the exercises in the workbook of Unit 1
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
板书
设计
Module5 Lao She Teahouse 组评价
三十六 Unit1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera
I went to…
I wanted planned to…
It +adj +to+do sth
达标训练题
单项选择
（ ）1 He stayed at home for ________ hour
A a B an C the D ＼
（ ）2The old man was badly ill and we _____ him _____ hospital right away
A take to B bring to C took to D brought to
（ ）3 It is difficult for the boy _______ English well
A learn B learns C to learn D learning
（ ）4 – Don’t forget _______ your homework
OK I’ll do it right now
A doing B do C to do D did
（ ）5 Would you please show me the way _________ the bank
A in B for C with D tot
二根汉语完成句子空词
1北京北京烤鸭著名
Beijing ______ _______ _______ Beijing duck
2 意早点动身
We _______ ________ start early
3呆长时间？
_______ ________ will you stay here
4读书感兴趣
I ______ ________ ________ reading books
5昨天动提出书
He offered ______ _______ some books ______ me
Module 5 Lao She Teahouse
三十七 教学容：Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society
三十八 课型：Reading and writing
三十九 教学目标：
1正确运单元单词短语：act show common twentieth describe society head teacher college novel name if magic
2读懂介绍作家老舍作品老舍容短文运阅读策略获取信息时间轴形式记录事件发生先序
3够仿范文写篇介绍喜欢戏剧书电影短文时培养学生话剧等中国传统文化兴趣热爱增强民族豪感
四十 教学重难点：
1 理解介绍作家老舍作品老舍容短文
2 够仿范文写篇介绍喜欢戏剧书电影短文
四十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
四十二 预求：
1根音标学课新单词
2查找相关资料找出认课较重语言点短语
四十三 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (5’)
1Lead in
(1) Let the students to see a short play then answer the following questions
①What’s the name of the short play ( Teahouse)
②Who is the play’s writer
(Lao She)
(2)Let students look at some pictures and ask and answer the questions about Lao She
① What do you know about Lao She
②What are his most famous books and plays
③What’s special about Lao She s Teahouse
(1) To see a short play and the following questions
①What’s the name of the short play (Teahouse)
②Who’s the play’s writer
(Lao She)
(2) Look at the pictures and learn something about Lao She
通短片图片引导学生进入单元课文活跃课堂气氛学生老舍先生进步认识训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1 Learn the new words
Show students some pictures and check the new words
Look at the pictures to say out some new words
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述物品物力描述时学新单词句型学生扫清阅读障碍
Step Three
While
reading (18’)
1 Scanning (Fast reading)
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and answer
What does the passage talk about
2 Skimming
1 Ask students to skim the passage and match the headings with the paragraphs(Activity 2)
2 Let the students check the answers
3 Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Ask the students to read the Paragraph 1 and answer the following questions
1 What is one of Lao She’s most famous plays
2 What does the play show
3 What does the play describe
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(2)Paragraph 2
①Present some sentences to the students and ask them to read paragraph 2 and check the sentences
1 Lao She’s mother sent him to a teacher’s school in 1913 ( )
2 In 1924 Lao She became a head teacher of a primary school ( )
3 Lao She returned to China in 1929 ( )
4 Lao She was named the People’s Artist ( )
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students read the Paragraph 3 and fill in the blanks
At Lao She Teahouse today customers can ___________ and eat delicious _________ You can enjoy __________ _________ or _________ if you like them Lao She Teahouse gives _________ to everyone from all over the world
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(1) Scan the passage and answer the question：
What does the passage talk about
(Talk about something about Lao She his play Teahouse and Lao She Teahouse)
2 Skimming
1 Skim the passage and match the headings with the paragraphs (Activity 2)
2 Check the answers
①Read paragraph 1 and answer the following questions
1 What is one of Lao She’s most famous plays
2 What does the play show
3What does the play describe
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
①Read Paragraph 2 and check the sentences
1 Lao She’s mother sent him to a teacher’s school in 1913 ( )
2 In 1924 Lao She became a head teacher of a primary school ( )
3 Lao She returned to China in 1929 ( )
4 Lao She was named the People’s Artist ( )
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
①Read the Paragraph 3 and fill in the blanks
At Lao She Teahouse today customers can ___________ and eat delicious _________ You can enjoy __________ _________ or _________ if you like them Lao She Teahouse gives _________ to everyone from all over the world
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
求学生快速阅文章回答问题帮助学生理解课文容
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力进步理解文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1 Retell
①Let the students complete the timeline with information about Lao She and retell the passage according to the timeline
（Activity 3）
②Ask the students to complete the passage with the word in the box
(Activity 4)
③ Call back the answers and ask two students to retell the passage
2Writing
①Let students talk something the play Teahouse and talk something about their favourite play or film in groups (Activity 5)
②Write a short passage that your favourite film Harry Potter according to the information
①Let the students complete the timeline with information about Lao She and retell the passage according to the timeline
（Activity 3）
②Complete the passage with the word in the box
(Activity 4)
③Call back the answers then
retell the short passage
① To talk something about the play Teahouse and their favourite play or film in groups
(Activity 5)
② Write a short passage that your favourite film Harry Potter according to the information
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
通写作学生巩固学增强写作力适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
Step Five
Summary（1’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss…
2 Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1 Sum up the language points
2 To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a passage
My favourite film Harry Potter
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
四十四 板书设计：Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society
one of… T1 T2 T3
finish doing sth
the People’s Artist
give a warm welcome
九达标训练题
单项选择
( ) 1 － What do you think of the film you saw yesterday
Oh It’s one of __________films I’ve ever seen
A interesting B more interesting
C most interesting D the most interesting
( ) 2 Lao She was one of the greatest Chinese writers in _______ century
A the twentieth B twentieth C the twenty Dtwenty
（ ）3My cat _______ Mimi
A names B is name C named D is named
（ ）4The story ______ us a little girls school life in a poor area
A leaves B teaches C hopes D shows
( )5 I finished _______ my homework an hour ago
A do B did C doing D to do
二根中文提示完成列句子
1．英语世界普遍（）语言
English is one of _______ _______ _______ languages in the world
2 果明天雨购物
If it ________ ________ we ________ ________ shopping
3 请热烈欢迎英语老师
Please _______ _______ _______ _______ ______ our English teacher
4 明天返回学校
We will _______ _______ our school tomorrow
5 位伟作家出生1989年5月2日
The great writer _______ ______ ______ May 2nd 1989
Module 5 Lao She Teahouse
四十五 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
四十六 课型：Revision and application
四十七 教学目标：
1 正确运模块词汇短语
2掌握动词定式作宾语法通组合作部戏剧中幕改编成短剧班表演
四十八 教学重难点：
掌握动词定式作宾语法通组合作部戏剧中幕改编成短剧班表演
四十九 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
五十 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（8’）
1Show some pictures and ask students to discuss in pairs and make sentences like these
I want to …
She offered to …
We planned to …
My mother hopes to…
And write some infinitive sentences on the blackboard
1 Discuss in pairs and make sentences like these
I want to …
She offered to …
We planned to …
My mother hopes to…
复巩固学知识点
2 Whiletask(20’)
1 Get the Ss to sum up the sentences on the blackboard(动词定式)
2 Let the students do Activity 1 then check the answers
3 Ask the students to work in pairs Talk about your weekend plans ( Activity 7)
For example
－ I want to see the Beijing Opera
Why don’t we…
4 Let the students to show their conversations
1 Try to understand and sum up the sentences on the blackboard
2 Do Activity 1：Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in the box
3 work in pairs Talk about your weekend plans (Activity 7)
For example
－ I want to see the Beijing Opera
Why don’t we…
4 Act out the conversations
复巩固前面两单元掌握语法词汇
5 Ask the students to do Activities 2 3 and 4 individually then check the answers
6 Listening
(1) Let the students listen and choose the correct answer then call back the answers (Activity 5)
(2) Ask the students to listen again and check the true sentences
(Activity6)
(3) Check the answers
7 Reading
(1) Read the passage and choose the correct answer then call back the answers (Activity 8)
(2) Organize two students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in the passage
(3) Read the passage in groups and check reading
(4) Ask students to read Around the world and then answer the questions after reading
Q1：When and where did western theatre start
Q2 How many people could watch a play at the same time
Q3 Are there still any theatres today
(5) Check the answers
5 Do Activities 23 and 4then show the answers
6 Listening
(1) Listen and choose the correct answer then check the answers
(Activity 5)
(2) Ask the students to listen again and check the true sentences
(Activity6)
(3) Check the answers
7 Reading
(1) Read the passage and choose the correct answer then show the answers (Activity 8)
(2) Come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in the passage
(3) Read the passage in groups and check reading
(4) Read Around the world and answer the questions after reading
Q1：When and where did western theatre start
Q2 How many people could watch a play at the same time
Q3 Are there still any theatres today
(5) Show the answers
通练加强掌握单元语法语言点
通世界文化拓展学生知识面
3 Posttask
(10’)
1 Ask students to work in groups of six Choose a scene from a play and practise it
2 Ask the students to act out the scene in front of the class
3Let students do some exercises and then check
1Work in six
Choose a scene from a play and practise it
2 Act out the scene in front of the class
3 Do some exercises and then check
通表演戏剧中场景培养学生戏剧兴趣热爱
4 Summary
(1’)
Ask the students to say out what to learn
Students conclude the knowledge that they learn
学生总结模块知识点加深理解
5Homework（1’）
Finish the workbook of Unit 3
板书设计
Unit 3 Language in use
I want to go to Lao She Teahouse
She offered to take me to the concert
We planned to watch the play
My mother hopes to see her favourite play
达标训练题
单项选择
（ ）1 Let’s _________ for a walk shall we
____________
A to go B going C go D gone
( ) 2 The boss made the workers ________ the job on time
A finish finished C finishes D to finish
( ) 3 It’s necessary for us __________ Mont Yuntai
A go climbing B go to climb C to go climbing D goes climbing
( ) 4 Mary What’s that A card Linda ______ it _______me yesterday
A sent for B sent to C gives for D gives to
( ) 5 I decide ________ a translator in the future
A be B to be C being D am
二阅读理解
Most people make their living（谋生）with their hands but Bob makes his living with his feet
Bob’s story began in a small city in England His parents were poor Seven people lived in a small house Bob had no place to play but on the street
Bob’s father often played football Little Bob wanted to play football too So his father made a soft （柔软）ball for him to kick It was a sock full of old cloth He kicked it every day
At last Bob learned to kick a real football And after a few years he could play football very well
根短文容选择佳答案
( ) 1People usually make their living ______________
A by learning by themselves B with their feet
C by playing football D with their hands
( ) 2 Which of the following is TRUE
A Bob was born in a small village
B Bob’s house was very big
C There were eight people in the family
D The little boy often played on the street
( ) 3 Why did the father make a soft ball for his son
A Because the family all liked football
B Because Bob also liked to play football
C Because they had a lot of old cloth
D Because he didn’t want to throw the sock away
( ) 4 The word kick in the story means ________
A 踢 B 玩 C 射门 D弹起
( ) 5 From the story we can see _________________
A Bob’s age B it’s about an American boy
C Bob’s mother’s name D the boy became a good football player at last
Module 6 Animals in danger
五十 教学容：Unit1 It allows people to get closer to them
五十二 课型：Listening and speaking
五十三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：snake neck thin danger in danger at last interested allow think of protect grow take away enough look after raise
2动词定式作宾语补足语目状语
3够听懂关保护动物话获取中相关信息
4够谈保护濒危动物
五十四 教学重难点：
1够听懂关保护动物话获取中相关信息
2够谈保护濒危动物（难点）
五十五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
五十六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Play a guessing game Show the students part of a picture and make guess What’s this
2．Free talk
(1)Can animals do something for us
(2) Do you think all animals live in peace
1 Guess and say the sentences
like this I think this is a tiger…
2 Students have the free talk
旧引新先引导学生回顾已学关动物名称活跃课堂气氛
通环节训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students some pictures about some animals show the title of Module 6 and lecture the new words as well
eg snake neck thin danger in danger at last interested allow think of protect grow take away enough look after raise
Watch pictures learn some new words and try to describe them like this The giraffe has long neck and it is very tall…
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and choose
(1)T Now let’s listen and find out
1 What is this week’s Animal World about
A Pandas
B Snake
C Lions’
2 What animals aren’t in danger
A Snakes
B Pandas
C Elephants
2 Listen and watch the video then find out
Why are many animals in danger
3 T：Since so many animals are in danger what can we do to help them (Have students open their books and find out the answer and complete the table in Activity 3)
4 Reading and understanding the dialogue ( have students find out the difficult points)
5Problems solving
Ask the students to read the dialogue in roles And help them solve these important points
1) at last finally in the end
2) Verbs to do
allow sb to do sth
have a safe place to live
need to do sth
want to do sth
pay to do sth
3) take away
4) in danger ＼ peace
5) raise money
6） It’s sad to think of … in danger
6 Have students read the dialogue and try to remember the main idea
1 Listen and choose the right answer
2 The students listen and watch carefully and then find out the answer
3 Read the conversation and find out the answer to the question what can we do to help the animals in danger and complete the table in Activity 3)
4Students open the book and find out the answers Then make them to work together and finish the questions in groups
5Some students read the dialogue and the other students find out difficulties points All the students say the difficulties
and solve together
6 Read the dialogue
听话回答问题改听话选择正确答案降低难度学生循序渐进易难
提高学信心
学生带着务（问题）听话找答案助培养提高学生更加准确听取信息力通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
①Let the students complete the conversation with the correct form of the words form of the words from the box on Activity 4
②Call back the answers
from two students then
read the short passage
in the whole class
2Speaking
Work in pairs
Have students talk with their partners about what we can do to protect animals in danger like this
To protect… we should…
We need to … protect…
1 Complete the retelling on the book
2 Talk about the protections with their partners and share the ideas in class
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适口头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点 锻炼学生胆量
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1Do Activities 1 2 on Page 46
2To check out what animals in danger after class
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module 3 Animals in danger
Unit1 It allows people to get closer to them
1) at last finally in the end
2) Verbs to do allow sb to do sth
have a safe place to live
need to do sth
want to do sth
pay to do sth
3) take away
4) in danger ＼ peace
5) raise money
6） It’s sad to think of … in danger
达标训练题
．翻译列短语：
1 终 ______________ 2允许某做某事__________________
3 …_____________ 4 濒灭绝________________________
5 顾_______________ 6 足够干净水 _____________________
7 保护动物___________ 8 帮助某做某事____________________
9 筹资_______________ 10 夺走_________________________
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1He decided __________ home later
A to go B go C going D go to
( ) 2Tim is ___________ to go to school this term
A to old
B enough old
C old enough
D enough
( ) 3 —People killed whale for their meat
—Yes that’s why the whale are____________
A happy B in peace C in danger D more
( ) 4It’s sad __________ pandas are in danger
A to think B thinks C think D thinking
( ) 5 —Lookthe little boy is crying sadly
— Yes because his elder brother ________ his apple
A took off B took away C gave D raised
Module 6 Animals in danger
五十七 教学容：Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all
五十八 课型：Listening and speaking
五十九 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：research baby scientist produce southwest in order to government set up nature feed symbol
2正确动词定式
3够读懂关濒危动物现状文章明白文章旨意谋篇布局
4够模仿课文写作形式写篇介绍某濒危动物现状短文
六十 教学重难点：
1够读懂关濒危动物现状文章明白文章旨意谋篇布局（重点）
2够模仿课文写作形式写篇介绍某濒危动物现状短文（难点）
六十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
六十二 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Free talk
Do you like animals
What’s your favourite animal
2．T Do you think the animals you like is still live in peace
Show some pictures about people killing animal
1 Have students talk about their favourite animals
2 Students watch and think
旧引新先引导学生进入模块题引起学生注意深思
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students some pictures about our Chinese Treasure panda and show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg research baby scientist produce southwest in order to government set up nature feed symbol
Watch pictures learn some new words
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清读障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage
T Make the students read the passage and match the headings with the paragraphs
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and complete the sentences of Activity3 on Page 45
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
① Get the Ss to read Paragraph 1 and answer What does situation mean
T Now lets check the answers
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③Solve difficulties
1) in the wild
2) have many babies
3) do a lot of research
T Zoos and research centres are trying to look after the pandas well but do you know where do pandas live and what’s their food
Let’s go to the next paragraph
(2)Paragraph 2
① Let’s read together and find out these questions
1) Where do pandas live
2) What’s their food
3) Why are pandas losing their home
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
T Pandas eat too much every day so they are losing home do we do anything to help Now let’s look at the third paragraph
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1) What do government do in order to protect pandas in the wild
2)What will the nature park be
② Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
1) in order to…
2) set up build
3) nature park
4) feed the pandas
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
(4) Paragraph 4
Let’s read the last paragraph together and find out：
Are the pandas the only animal in danger
What does WWF want to protect
T Let’s read the passage together
(4)Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage
T Make the students read the passage and match the headings with the paragraphs
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and finish Activity 3
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Read Paragraph 1 and answer What does situation mean
②A volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③Solve difficulties
(2)Paragraph 2
①Read and find out the answers to the questions
1) Where do pandas live
2） What’s their food
3） Why are pandas losing their home
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1) What do government do in order to protect pandas in the wild
2)What will the nature park be
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
1) in order to…
2) set up build
3) nature park
4) feed the pandas
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
(4) Paragraph 4
Let’s read the last paragraph together and find out：
Are the pandas the only animal in danger
What does WWF want to protect
T Let’s read the passage together
(4)Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
求学生快速阅读文章标题文段相匹配
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力突出模块重点句式整体握文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
①Let the students complete the conversation with the correct form of the words form of the words from the box on Activity 4
②Call back the answers
from two students then
read the short passage
in the whole class
2Writing
Read Activities 5&6 then imitate the example to write a short passage with the help of the following information
Name
South China tiger
Situation
100 left and few in the wild
Home
Forest and mountains of South China
Food
Other animals
Why in danger
People kill them their home is getting smaller
How to save them
Protect their home and stop the killing
Set up nature parks
You may begin like this
South China tigers live in forest and mountains in the …
1 Complete the conversation on the book
2 Writing
Write the short passage
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适笔头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the passage after school and remember the new words
2To finish writing the short passage about the South China Tigers
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module 6 Animals in danger
Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all
in the wild have many babies
in order to… set up build
nature park feed the pandas
do a lot of research in order to…
set up build nature park
feed the pandas
达标训练题
．完成列句子：
1保护熊猫政府正建立然公园
In order to protect the pandas the government is ________ ________ the nature parks
2熊猫濒灭绝Pandas are ________ ______________
3找更保护动物方法做许研究
They do a lot research ________ _______ ______ the best way ____ ______ animals
4熊猫天需吃量竹子
Each panda ___________ _______ ______ a lot of bamboo every day
5正生病妈妈
He is _________ _________ his sick mother
二短文填空：
The panda is one of the animals most in 1________There are about 1600 pandas in the 2___________ today Pandas live in the forests and mountains of 3_________ China They mainly live on 4____________ and each panda needs a lot of bamboo Because of many reasons the bamboo forests are getting 5__________ so pandas are losing their home In order to protect pandas the government is 6_________ up nature parks
Module 6 Animals in danger
六十三 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
六十四 课型：Listening and speaking
六十五 教学目标：
1够正确模块单词短语
2正确动词定式
3够读懂关濒危动物现状文章明白文章旨意谋篇布局
4够写篇介绍某濒危动物现状短文
六十六 教学重难点：
运学知识介绍某濒危动物
六十七 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
六十八 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1 Give instructions of guessing game
2 Show the pictures about animals and have them talk about them and discuss what we can do to help save these animals
1 Play a guessing game a volunteer like some kind of animals or make noise about them other students guess like this
I think it’s a …
2 The students discuss the ways to help protect animals in danger using infinitive structures
Review and consolidate the new words and some phrases
2 Whiletask(17’)
1 Have the students finish Activities1 2 3 and then check the answers
1Do Activities1 2 3 complete the sentences with the correct form of the words and expression from the box
Review and consolidate the verbs and the phrases just learned in the first two units
2Ask the students to summarize the usage of verb + to do
(1)ask sb to do sth ( tell want encourage warn suggest allow…)
(2) want to do sth
( need stop agree decide expect hope help learn offer plan refuse try begin and forgetremember)
3 Have students finish Activity 45 &6 to consolidate the language points
4 Students finish Activity 7 to consolidate the important expressions
2 The students make a summary of verb + to do
3 Do the exercise of Activity 45&6
4 Do the exercise and remember the useful expressions
Consolidate expressions and main sentence structure that they’ve learned
5Listening of Activity 8
5 Practice the listening
To practice the listening
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Organization
2 Organization
1Students find out what other animals in danger around the world
2 Make a report about how to save the animals in danger
1To practice the skill of speaking
2 Enable students to talk about their ideas of protecting these animals
3 Make a plan to set up a wildlife club
3 Make a plan of setting up a wildlife club What can we do for them
To practice the skill of writing
4 Summary
(1’)
Sum up the key structure verb + to be
Students conclude the usage of the key structure
Let the students internalize the grammar they’ve learned in this module
5 Homework（1’）
Write a plan for the wildlife club in groups
板书设计
Module 6
Unit 3 Language in use
It allows people to get closer to them
We all need to help animals live in peace
Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible
In order to protect pandas in the wild the government is setting up nature parks
达标训练题
选择正确答案：
（ ）1 We decide ______the computer games because it’s bad for our eyes
A to play B not to play C playing D play
( ) 2 — Your sister is ill I’m sorry to hear that
— Yes so I must _______ her
A see B look at
C look out D look after
( ) 3In order ________ pandas we must grow more bamboo
A save B to save C saving D save to
( ) 4 I’m _________ in the __________ story book
A interested interested B interesting interesting
C interested interesting D interesting interested
( )5 Her mother told him _________ go home early
A to go B goes C go D going
二 词适形式填空：
1 It was interesting __________ (watch) the Animal World
2 ________ (see) is __________ (believe)
3 The little girl wanted ________ (buy) the beautiful skirt
4 My teacher often asks us _________ (study) hard
5 He likes to help government ___________ ( protect) animals in danger
6 Look at these __________(baby) They are so lovely
7 It took the students 20mimutes _________ (finish) the exercise
8 Let’s find out what else we can do __________ (save) as many animals as possible
9 They let the animals in danger _________(live) in the nature parks
10 Can you make the little boy _____________( laugh)
Module 7 A famous story
六十九 教学容：Unit 1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river
七十 课型：Listening and speaking
七十 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组： fall fall down follow hole ground by the river have a tea party
2够正确进行时
3够听懂包含进行时童话事掌握事意理解事
4够询问描述关正发生事情动作
七十二 教学重难点：
1够听懂包含进行时童话事掌握事意理解事（重点）
2够询问描述关正发生事情动作（难点）
七十三 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
七十四 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Play a guessing game Do actions and ask Now boys and girls do you know what am I doing
2．T Good Last night at about 800 I was reading a book
1 Guess and say the sentences
like this You are sleeping… You are drinking… make the students do the actions and the other students guess like this He is fishing… She’s …
2 Listen and get to know the story book
旧引新先引导学生回顾相似语法结构 be doing
通环节引导学生般现进行时进行时进行简单解训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students the famous story book and introduce the book briefly then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg fall fall down follow hole ground by the river have a tea party
Watch pictures learn some new words
fall fall down follow hole ground by the river have a tea party
利图片呈现新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and match
(1)Ask students to finish Activity1
2Listen again and number the pictures
3 T The story is interesting Do you know the name of the story
Now let’s watch the video and find out
4 Reading
T Good job Please open your book and complete the notes of Activity3 on Page57
5 Problems solving
Ask the students to read the dialogue in roles And help them solve these important points
1) What’s the book about
2) Alice was sitting with her sister by the river…
was ＼ were + doing
3) It ran past
4) fall down ＼ fall off ＼ fall behind
5) in a tree ＼ on a tree
6) smile at ＼ laugh at
7) have a (tea ＼ birthday)party
1 Listen and number the words as you hear them
2 Finish Activity2
3The students watch carefully and find out the answer
4 Students open the book and find out the answers Then make them to work together and complete the notes in groups
5Some students read the dialogue and the other students find out difficulties points All the students say the difficulties
and solve together
通听力训练学生熟悉事容
进步听说学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）听话找答案助培养提高学生更加准确听取信息力通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Lingling is reading a book 1________ a girl 2___________ Alice One day Alice was 3________ with her sister by the 4________ and she saw a white 5_________with a watch It was running to see the Queen of Hearts Alice 6________ it and fell down a 7________ in the ground Then she saw the Cheshire Cat It was sitting 8_______ a tree and 9_______ at everyone… The book is famous in Britain and everyone knows the story It is called Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland
2Speaking
Work in pairs
Have students ask and answer like this
What were you doing at 5pm yesterday
I was playing basketball
1 Complete the retelling according to the dialogue
2 Make dialogues
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适口头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the dialogue after school and remember the new words
2 To copy the new words
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
七板书设计：
Module 3 A famous story
Unit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river
fall down 1) What’ the book about
smile at It’s about a girl called…
in a tree
arrive at ＼ in 2) Alice was sitting with her sister by a river and she saw a …
have a tea party was ＼ were + doing sth
达标训练题
．词适形式填空：
1 Listen Someone __________ (sing) beautifully in the next room
2 What _______ you _______ (do) yesterday
3 She is kind and she always ________ (smile) at others
4 Alice followed it and _________ (fall) down a hole in the ground
5 I __________ (run) in the park at 600 this morning
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1—What________ you doing
— I was doing my homework at that time
A do B did C was D were
( ) 2 Look the girl ___________ a kite
A was flying B flies C is flying D were flying
( ) 3 There are many birds singing ________ the big tree
A in B on C at D by
( ) 4 We __________ a birthday party at 700 last night
A had B has C was having D were having
( ) 5 —What’s the film about
— It’s about a boy _________ Harry Potter
A call B called C calling D calls
Module 7 A famous story
_
七十五 教学容：Unit 2 She was thinking about her cat
七十六 课型：Listening and speaking
七十七 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：twice once or twice suddenly pink pocket field think about deep while dry
2读懂包含进行时童话事掌握事致情节物事件先序
3够进行时课文进行续写
4够结合图片影视等材料讲童话事
七十八 教学重难点：
1读懂包含进行时童话事掌握事致情节物事件先序（重点）
2够进行时课文进行续写（难点）
七十九 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
八十 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Free talk
T I was watching a film at 900 last night What about you Jack And how about your father What was he doing at that time
1 Have students talk about what they were doing at 900 last night
旧引新先引导学生进入模块题
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students a picture and ask Look at this picture is it strange
Why do you think it’s strange
Then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg
twice once or twice suddenly pink pocket field think about deep while dry
Watch pictures learn some new words
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清读障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage
T Make the students read the passage and answer the question
What was Alice thinking about while she was falling down a rabbit hole
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and number the events in the order they happened(Activity3)
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①The whole class read together and answer these two questions
1) What was Alice and her sister doing by the river
2) Then what ran by them
T Now lets check the answers
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③Solve difficulties
4) have nothing ＼ something to do
5) once or twice
6) without He left without saying goodbye to me
T Alice saw a white rabbit ran by It was not strange at all But it was not a common rabbit It was very different Why Let’s look at the next part
(2)Paragraph 2
4) ①T Now I want someone to read the passage for us and we find out the words that proves the rabbit was different
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
1)… the rabbit say Oh dear Oh dear I’ll be late
2) Then the rabbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked at it
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
1) nothing strange something anything…
2) take sth out of sw
3) run across…
4) To identify see sb do sth ＼ see sb doing sth
T The rabbit hole is big And Alice followed the rabbit And what happened to her Would she be dangerous Let’s go on to the last part
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1)Was the rabbit hole deep
2)Was the hole bright enough to see everything clearly
3） What did Alice land on at last
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
1) She found that she was falling… (find sb do sth ＼ doing sth)
2) It was too dark for her to see anything ( too … for sb to do sth)
eg He is too young to go to school this year
3) While she was falling she was thinking about he cat…
4)land on…
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
T Let’s read the passage together
(4)Ask the students
read the passage together make sure they understand it well
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and find out the answer
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and finish Activity 3
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Read and find out the answers to the questions
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③ Ask a little teacher to solve difficulties
(2)Paragraph 2
4） ①Listen to someone to read and find out the key words that describe the strange white rabbit
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1)Was the rabbit hole deep
2)Was the hole bright enough to see everything clearly
3） What did Alice land on at last
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
(4)Ask the students
read the passage together make sure they understand it well
求学生快速阅读文章找问题答案
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力理清事发展序整体握文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Let the students retell the story
1 Do the retelling
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适笔头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Alice and her sister were sitting1)___the river Her sister 2)____ reading but Alice had 3)_______ to do Suddenly a white rabbit 4)____ pink eyes 5)_____ past her Alice felt very 6)______ when she saw the rabbit 7)_____ out a watch from its pocket Alice ran quickly 8)______ the field 9)_____ the rabbit The rabbit went into a rabbit 10)_____and Alice followed
2 Writing
Imagine what happened to Alice next First let the students talk about this and then make them write down according to Actvity5
2 Writing
Write the short passage
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the passage after school and remember the new words
2To finish writing your own story of Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module 7 A famous story
Unit 2 She was thinking about her cat
have nothing ＼ something to do 1) She found that she was falling… (find sb do sth ＼ doing sth) To identify see sb do sth ＼ see sb doing sth
once or twice 2) It was too dark for her to see anything ( too … for sb to do sth) eg He is too young to go to school this year
nothing stranges
take sth out of sw 3) While she was falling she was thinking about he cat…
run across…
land on…
达标训练题
选择正确答案：
( )1 When you walk ________ the street you must look left and right
A across B cross C pass D past
( )2 My sister _______ TV when I got home
A is watching B watched C was watching D watches
( )3 The girl _________ big eyes is my best friend
A of B has C have D with
( )4 There is ___________ in the book I don’t want to read it
A something interesting B nothing interesting
C anything interesting D everything interesting
( )5 I saw my classmates ________ the classroom just now
A cleaning B to clean C cleaned D clean
二短文填空：
Alice and her sister were sitting 1___________ the river Her sister was 2___________ a book but Alice had 3_________ to do Suddenly a white rabbit 4_________ pink eyes 5__________ past her Alice felt very 6________ when she saw the rabbit 7___________ out a watch from its pocket Alice ran quickly 8__________ the field 9____________ the rabbit The rabbit went down a rabbit 10_________ and Alice followed it
Module 7 A famous story
八十 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
八十二 课型：Listening and speaking
八十三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：fall follow hole ground twice once or twice suddenly pink pocket field think about deep while dry
2正确进行时
3够读懂含进行时童话事寻找找童话事寓言事等进行阅读训练
4够讲事方式介绍历
八十四 教学重难点：
1 够读懂含进行时童话事寻找找童话事寓言事等进行阅读训练（重点）
2 够讲事方式介绍历（难点）
八十五 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
八十六 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the wonderful parts of the film Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland
1Say hello to each other
2 The students enjoy the film
Review and consolidate the new words and some phrases
2 Whiletask(17’)
1 Show the students some pictures of the story have them talk about the pictures and get to know the hole story then finish Activity 6 on Page 61
1Tell the story in groups and try to use the language points they’ve learnt in this module and then complete the passage with the words in the box(Activity6)
Review and consolidate the verbs and the phrases just learned in the first two units
2Free talk
A What were you doing at…last night
B I was doing…
3Ask the students to summarize the usage of were ＼ was + doing
4 Have students finish Activity 15 to consolidate the language points
2 Students make the dialogues and share in class with the other students
3The students make a summary of were ＼ was + doing
4 Do the exercise of Activity 15
Consolidate expressions and main sentence structure that they’ve learned
5Listening and reading(Activity 8)
5 Practice the listening and the reading comprehension
To practice the listening and the reading
3 Posttask
(19’)
Organization
1Students learn to tell the others some experience of themselves according to Activity 7
To practice the skill of speaking
4 Summary
(1’)
Sum up the key structure were ＼ was +doing
Students conclude the usage of the key structure
Let the students internalize the grammar they’ve learned in this module
5 Homework（1’）
1 Remember all the new words and useful expressions of this module
2 Finish the exercise on the workbook
3 Try to share one’s own experience of themselves with other people
板书设计
Module7 A famous story
Unit 3 Language in use
Alice was sitting with her sister by the river
It was sitting in a tree and smiling at everyone
They were having a tea party in the garden
Where was it going
was ＼ were + doing
达标训练题
词适形式填空：
1 They ran away without _______(say) sorry to me
2We have a lot of homework ________(do) tonight
3 The boy fell off a tree and _________(land) on the ground
4 It was too dark for me __________ (see) anything in the room
5 Please _________ (take) your book out of your bag
二完形填空：
Yesterday was a busy day We went to the 1 and had a picnic there In the morning we all got up early and were busy packing our lunch We were going to the park very early so that we had lots of time 2
It was a sunny day and we felt 3 In the park we found a big tree and some birds 4 in it We took out our sheets and 5 put them under the big tree and brought out our lunch boxes Then some of us sent cycling and some went to climb the hill but I played hopscotch I like the 6 and I’m always the winner
When my classmates 7 the big tree we had lunch together We shared the food with each other and ate happily After lunch our teacher decided 8 us to row a boat We saw many fishes 9 in the water They were very beautiful and in different 10 red blue black and even golden
At about 300 in the afternoon we left the park and went home All of us had a wonderful time
( ) 1 A cinema B park C hospital D school
( ) 2 A to play B play C played D playing
( ) 3 A exciting B boring C excited D bored
( ) 4 A were singing B sing C are singing D sang
( ) 5 A putting B to put C puts D put
( ) 6 A game B house C name D way
( ) 7 A arrived in B came back to C left for D landed on
( ) 8 A taking B took C take D to take
( ) 9 A to swim B swam C swimming D swim
( ) 10 A rooms B colors C sizes D names
Module 8 Accidents
八十七 教学容：Unit 1 While the lights were changing to red a car suddenly appeared
八十八 课型：Listening and speaking
八十九 教学目标：
1 To mater the words and phrases round corner hit glad in time side by side fall off pay attention to
2 To listen and understand what was happening at a specific time
3 To understand conversations about accidents
4 To talk about what was happening at a specific time
5 To know how to avoid accidents
九十 教学重难点：
1够运进行时简单叙述发生事
2进行时whilewhen法
九十 教学准备：
课指导学生通听力获取信息培养学生听力技课堂采媒体手段辅助教学轻松愉快氛围中较真实语境联系学生生活实际结合已知识验运学语言基础知识学互相学学生语言实践中相互启发生成体验成功培养学生合作精神发展思维想象等力教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
九十二 预求：
i 根音标学课新单词
九十三 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1Organize the Ss to see a video of the accidents and answer
（1）What is the movie about
2 Free talk
Talk something about the movie and ask the students
We should obey the traffic rules
1 See the video and try to answer the questions
2 Talk something about the movie with the students
学生观国外交通安全宣传片通视频回答问题引入天题通环节调动课堂气氛吸引学生学兴趣
Step Two
Pretask(6’)
Task1Check the new words
1Show some pictures and things to get the students to say out the new words
2Organize the students to read the new words together
3Play a game
What is missing
1See the pictures and things to say out the new words
2 Read the new words together
3 Play a game What is missing
引导学生谈ppt图片检查学生词汇掌握程度训练学生表达力通图片情景学单词做词离句Check完词汇玩单词记忆游戏加深学生新单词记忆
Step Three
Whiletask (23’)
Task2listening
(1) Play the tape ask students to listen and underline the correct words (Activity 2)
(2)Guide the students to listen to the conversation and answer the questions (Activity 3)
①Did the car hit the boy
②________ was talking on his mobile phone
Task 3 Reading
(1) Organize the students to look at the video to understand the conversation
(2)Ask the Ss to work with their groups to read the conversation
(3) Organize the students to compete in groups
Task 4 Solve the language points
(1)Organize students to find out the language points when they are reading and then check
(2)Help the students to solve the difficult points
(1) Listen to the tape and underline the correct words Then check
(2) Listen to the conversation and and answer the questions Then check
(1) Look at the video
(2) Read the conversation in groups
(3) Organize the students to compete in groups
(1) Students show out some language points the other students listen to them carefully and note
(2)solve the difficult points with the teacher’s help
利听读练方式加强学生课文理解培养学生细节听力技巧够听取信息训练培养学生细节听力技巧
通视频听读话帮助学生进步理解课文容
组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言培养团结合作精神
通学生阅读中找出相关短语展示培养学生胆量培养学力
Step Four
Posttask
(11’)
Task 6Do some speaking
(1) Ask the students to talk about what he was doing when the accident happened according to the pictures ( Activity 6)
(2) Have the Ss act out their new dialogues
Task 7
Talk about the risk of an accident when you are riding a bike
Task 8 See some interesting movies and learn
What else can we docan’t do to avoid the accidents
Task 9 Ask students to do some
exercises and then check
(1) Make dialogues in groups with the teacher’s help
(2) Act out the new dialogues
Talk about the risk of an accident when you are riding a bike
See some interesting movies and learn
What else can we docan’t do to avoid the accidents
Task 9 Do the exercises then check
通做话训练学生说力学生加深课文容理解适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
通讨学文章中骑行车注意事项进步通观短视频形式延伸道课外交通规学生感兴趣学生铭记交通规
通笔头练进步巩固学
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Homework
请根面简介An Accident 题写篇少80词文章
1 周四午四学生正放学回家路（on their way home ）
2 突然辆卡车（truck）拐角处快速开
3 时骑车女摔倒碰伤膝盖（fell off hurt one’s knee)中拨电话报警伤者送进医院
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
堂训练
．单项选择
1 Safety comes first We should _______ to keep safe on the road
① obey the traffic (交通) rules
② be careful of passing cars and buses
③ run fast after others
④ not read the messages on our mobile phones
⑤ play basketball with our friends
A ①②④ B ①③⑤ C ②④⑤
2 I ______ a meal when you _____ me
A cooked were ringing B was cooking were ringing
C was cooking rang D cooked rang
3 They _____ a football game from 7 to 9 last night
A were watching B watch C watched D are watching
4 Would the driver see him _________
A on time B in time C for time D at time
5 The old man _________ his bike yesterday afternoon
A fell off B fell down C fell of D fell up
6 Everyone should pay attention ____ the risk of the accident
A for B to C at D under
Module 8 Accidents
教学容：Unit 2 I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again
二 课型：Reading and writing
三 教学目标：
1掌握单元单词短语：bite climb hide throw fridge pain worse medicine
2根图片预测文理解作者通事传达信息够理解语篇中事发生序学遇突发事件时应沉着冷静量想办法救安全意识
3够仿范文进行时发生已周围事进行描述报道
四教学重难点：
1 理解解语篇中事
2 够仿范文进行时发生已周围事进行描述报道
五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
六 预求：
根音标学课新单词
七教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (5’)
1Lead in
(1) Let the students to talk about what you can do with a mobile phone
What can you use a mobile phone to do
(2)T Do you know that a mobile phone can save a person’s life
Show out the title and lead into the passage)
(1) To talk about what I can do with a mobile phone
If I have a mobile phone I can…
(2) Read the title together
通轻松话题引导学生进入单元课文活跃课堂气氛形中培养学生胆说英语惯
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1 Presentation
Show the picture and help the students say what is happening (Activity2)
Use these questions to guide them
A What is the man’s job
B Where’s he
C Where’s the snake
D What’s the man doing
E Why did the man take a photo of the snake
2 Learn the new words
(1) While the students talk about the picture they learn the new words
(2) Check the new words
Look at the pictures to say what is happening
Talk about the picture and learn the new words
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述物品物力描述时学新单词句型学生扫清阅读障碍
Step Three
While
reading (18’)
1 Scanning (Fast reading)
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and answer
Which paragraph is the main idea of the passage
2 Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1&2
①Ask the students to read the Paragraph 1&2 and answer the following questions
1 What did Henry do when a snake appeared
2 Where did the snake bite him
3 When and where was the snake from
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(2)Paragraph 3 &4
①Present some sentences to the students and ask them to read paragraph 3&4 and check the sentences
1 Henry threw the snake across the kitchen ( )
2 Henry used his mobile phone to take a photo with the snake ( )
3 The snake hid under a table ( )
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(3)Paragraph 5&6
(1) Ask the students to read Paragraphs 5 & 6 and tell the sentences T or F
1 Soon Henry’s hand began to hurt and then he hurried to hospital ( )
2 At first doctors could help him and knew what kind of snake it was（ ）
3 When the doctor knew the kind of snake they couldn’t give Mr Jackson the right medicine ( )
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(4)Paragraph 7
①Let the students read the Paragraph 7 and fill in the blanks
If a snake _______you _____ ______your phone Take ____photo first and then _____the photo ______the doctors suggests Mr Jackson
②Organize some students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(5) Skimming
Ask the students to read the passage again and choose the correct answer (Activity 4)
1 The snake bit Henry again when
a) he was throwing it across the chicken
b) he was trying to pick it up
c) it was climbing out of a box
2 When Henry was trying to find the snake
a) he could take a photo
b) the snake became cool
c) his hand began to hurt badly
3 Henry hurried to hospital because______
a) his hand was hurting
b) he had a photo of the snake
c) the doctors called him on his mobile phone
4 The doctors gave Henry the right medicine after____
a) they knew what kind of snake bit him
b) they saw the snake in the photo
c) he left hospital the next day
(1) Scan the passage and answer the question：
Which paragraph is the main idea of the passage
(The last paragraph)
①Read paragraph 1&2 and answer the following questions
1 What did Henry do when a snake appeared
2 Where did the snake bite him
3 When and where was the snake from
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
①Read Paragraph 3&4 and check the sentences
1 Henry threw the snake across the kitchen ( )
2 Henry used his mobile phone to take a photo with the snake ( )
3 The snake hid under a table ( )
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
(1) Ask the students to read Paragraphs 5 & 6 and tell the sentences T or F
1 Soon Henry’s hand began to hurt and then he hurried to hospital ( )
2 At first doctors could help him and knew what kind of snake it was（ ）
3 When the doctor knew the kind of snake they couldn’t give Mr Jackson the right medicine ( )
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
①Read the Paragraph 7 and fill in the blanks
If a snake _______you _____ ______your phone Take ____photo first and then _____the photo ______the doctors suggests Mr Jackson
②Some students come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in this paragraph
To read the passage again and choose the correct answer (Activity 4)
1 The snake bit Henry again when
a) he was throwing it across the chicken
b) he was trying to pick it up
c) it was climbing out of a box
2 When Henry was trying to find the snake
a) he could take a photo
b) the snake became cool
c) his hand began to hurt badly
3 Henry hurried to hospital because______
a) his hand was hurting
b) he had a photo of the snake
c) the doctors called him on his mobile phone
4 The doctors gave Henry the right medicine after____
a) they knew what kind of snake bit him
b) they saw the snake in the photo
c) he left hospital the next day
求学生快速阅读文章回答问题帮助学生理解课文容
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力进步理解文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1 Retell
①Let the students complete the passage with the correct form of the words in the box
（Activity 5）
A snake out of a box of bananas and____ somewhere When Henry was working the snake bit him He _______ the snake on a table and took its photo When he was trying to find the snake his hand began to _______ badly At the hospital the _______ got worse The doctors sent the photo to a zoo After they found out what kind of snake bit him they gave him the right _______
② Call back the answers and ask two students to retell the passage
2Writing
①Write a short story about an accident
Pay attention to words and expressions
One day…
A few days earlier…
…when…
While…
When…was…
As…
As soon as
② Give the students two topics and they can choose one of them to write it
Topic1 found a man
robbing (抢劫) Tom
called the police
saved his life
Topic 2 a dog bit a boy called for help
saw the doctor
took some medicine
③Use the words and expressions to write a new story Start with
One day I was walking alone in the city late at night Suddenly…
①）Complete the passage with the word in the box
(Activity 5)
A snake out of a box of bananas and____ somewhere When Henry was working the snake bit him He _______ the snake on a table and took its photo When he was trying to find the snake his hand began to _______ badly At the hospital the _______ got worse The doctors sent the photo to a zoo After they found out what kind of snake bit him they gave him the right _______
②Call back the answers then
retell the short passage
①Write a short story about an accident
Pay attention to words and expressions
One day…
A few days earlier…
…when…
While…
When…was…
As…
As soon as
② Choose one of the topics to write a short story
Topic1 found a man
robbing (抢劫) Tom
called the police
saved his life
Topic 2 a dog bit a boy called for help
saw the doctor
took some medicine
③Use the words and expressions to write a new story Start with
One day I was walking alone in the city late at night Suddenly…
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
通写作学生巩固学增强写作力适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
Step Five
Summary（1’）
1 Give some advice to the students when they are in trouble or in danger
Tips If you are in danger or in trouble stay cool
Use the technology it may help you
…
2Get the students to sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss…
3 Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1 Learn some skills from the teacher when you are in trouble or in danger
Tips If you are in danger or in trouble stay cool
Use the technology it may help you
…
2 Sum up the language points
3 To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write a short story about an accident
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
四 八板书设计：Unit 2 I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again
bite one’s hand… T1 T2 T3
a few days earlier
pick up
hurt badly
climb out take out
as soon as
九达标训练题
单项选择
( ) 1 I ______ a meal when you _____ me
A cooked were ringing B was cooking rang
C was cooking were ringing D cooked rang
( ) 2 There is something dirty on the floor Please _________
A pick B pick it C pick up it D pick it up
（ ）3 How are you feeling now
I’m feeling even ________
A well B good C ill D worse
（ ）4I will tell him the good news _________ he comes back
A as soon as B as C as soon D soon
( )5 He feel off the bike Luckily he ______ himself badly
A hurt B hurts C didn’t hurt D doesn’t hurt
二根中文提示完成列句子
1 前段时间发现许游戏
I found many games _______________
2 猫掉进洞里爬出
The cat fell into the hole and couldn＇t __________ it
3 电话响起起话筒
The phone rang and I ___________
4 拍张酒店片
Let’s ____________ of the hotel
5 许手乱扔香烟头
Many people ________ ________cigarette ends here and there
Module 8 Accidents
五 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
六 课型：Revision and application
七 教学目标：
1 正确运模块词汇短语
2够正确运when while
3够谈特定时间正发生事
4运学知识写篇事报道
八 教学重难点：
掌握进行时法通组合作写篇事报道
九 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
十 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（8’）
Revision
Show some pictures and ask students to discuss in pairs and make sentences like these
(1) I was listening to music when the accident happened
(2) My father was reading books when the bell rang
…
Discuss in pairs and make sentences like these
(1) I was listening to music when the accident happened
(2) My father was reading books when the bell rang
…
复巩固学知识点
2 Whiletask(20’)
1Explain the grammar to the students Past continuous with adverbial clauses (when while)
2 Let the students do Activity 1 then check the answers
3 Ask the students to work in pairs Talk about what Tony and the students did last Saturday ( Activity 2)
For example
－ Last Saturday while Tony was playing in the park I was visiting my grandparents
4 Let the students to show their sentences
1 Listen to the teacher to explain the grammar Past continuous with adverbial clauses (when while)
2 Do Activity 1：Complete the sentences with when or while
3 work in pairs Talk about what Tony and the students did last Saturday ( Activity 2)
For example
－ Last Saturday while Tony was playing in the park I was visiting my grandparents
4 Say out the sentences
复巩固前面两单元掌握语法词汇
5 Ask the students to do Activities 3 4 and 5 individually then check the answers
6 Listening
(1) Let the students listen and complete the accident report
(Activity 6)
(2) Check the answers
7 Reading
(1) Read the passage and check the true sentences then check the answers from the whole class
(Activity7)
(2) Read the passage again and choose the correct answer then call back the answers
(3) Organize two students to come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in the passage
(3) Read the passage in groups and check reading
(4) Ask students to read Around the world and then answer the questions after reading
Q1：What’s the title
Q2 Where did the accident happen
Q3 What happened to the US Airway Flight 1549
Q4 How did Chesley Sullenberger and the crew do
(5) Check the answers
5 Do Activities 34 and 5then show the answers
6 Listening
(1) Listen and complete the accident report then check the answers in groups
(Activity 6)
(2) Show the answers
7 Reading
(1) Read the passage and check the true sentences then check the answers from the whole class
(Activity7)
(2) Read the passage again and choose the correct answer then show the answers
(3) Come to the blackboard and show out some difficult language points that they found in the passage
(3) Read the passage in groups and check reading
(4) Read Around the world and answer the questions after reading
Q1：What’s the title
Q2 Where did the accident happen
Q3 What happened to the US Airway Flight 1549
Q4 How did Chesley Sullenberger and the crew do
(5) Show the answers
通练加强掌握单元语法语言点
通世界文化拓展学生知识面
3 Posttask
(10’)
1 Ask students to work in groups of six Think about a recent accident they know Write notes
A When and where did it happen
B why did it happen
C How did it happen
D What happened after the accident
2 Use their notes and write sentences for their notes report about the accident
3 Read out their reports to the class
4 Let students do some exercises and then check
1 Work in groups of six Think about a recent accident they know Write notes
A When and where did it happen
B why did it happen
C How did it happen
D What happened after the accident
2 Use their notes and write sentences for their notes report about the accident
3 Read out their reports to the class
4 Do some exercises and then check
通组合作完成期知道事进行报道培养学生口头表达力培养学生写作力时学生懂安全意识
4 Summary
(1’)
Ask the students to say out what to learn
Students conclude the knowledge that they learn
学生总结模块知识点加深理解
5Homework（1’）
Finish the workbook of Unit 3
板书设计
Unit 3 Language in use
Language practice
进行时：语+waswere + 动词现分词
When + 般时句句进行时
While +进行时句 句进行时
达标训练题
二 单项选择
（ ）1 When I got home my son ________ the music
A am listening B listened C was listening to D listened to
( ) 2 My mother ________ while my father _________ TV
A cooked was watching B was cooking was watching
C cooked watched D was cooking watched
( ) 3 As she _______ the newspaper Granny _______ asleep
A read was falling B was reading fell
C was reading was falling D read fell
( ) 4 My uncle was reading newspaper _________ my aunt was cooking dinner
A when B while C what D as
( ) 5 We ______ for Tom at ten last Sunday He often kept us _________
A was waiting waiting B were waiting wait
C waited waiting D waited wait
二阅读理解
If you go to Beijing and Shanghai you can see the same and the different points between them In some ways they look the same in some ways they look different Both of them have tall buildings and wide streets although some buildings in Shanghai are taller than in Beijing They are both important in China Beijing is the capital of China there are more places of interest there but Shanghai is the biggest city in China Now they are becoming more and more important in China
根短文容选择佳答案
( ) 1Some buildings in ______ are taller than in Beijing
A Shanghai B Xi’an C Tianjin D Chongqing
( ) 2 Shanghai is the _______ city in China
A tallest B biggest C smallest D busiest
( ) 3The underlined word point means _______
A 想法 B 点 C 容 D 意
( ) 4 Beijing has more _______ than Shanghai
A places of interest B buildings
C wide streets D people
( ) 5 Which of the following statements is RIGHT according to the passage
A Shanghai is the capital of China
B The buildings in Beijing are taller than in Shanghai
C Shanghai is the largest city in China
D Shanghai has more places of interest
Module 9 Population
十二 教学容：Unit 1 The population of China is about 137 billion
十三 课型：Listening and speaking
十四 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：noise prepare notes report grow hand on等
2够听懂谈口话够听辨写出数字
3够数字谈口问题
十五 教学重难点：
1 够听懂谈口话
2 够运学知识谈口问题
十六 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式听说课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通听录音获取话信息培养学生听力技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程
节课需准备：PPT课件课堂练表格奖品
十七 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Step 1 Leadin
T Do you know how many people there are now in the world
S …
T It’s about 7 billion And how about China
S …
Step 2 Free talk
Show some pictures and let Ss look at them and talk about something with them
Answer the questions
1 How many people are there in the world now
2 How about China
Enjoy some pictures about population in the world and China now
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step 3 New words
T1 The teacher shows the pictures of new words and let Ss say the new words as quickly as possible
T2 Let Ss read the new words and expressions
T3 Let Ss look and say
too many _______
↓
too much _______
too much _______
That causes many _______
S1 Look and say
Look at the pictures and say the new words as quickly as possible
S2 Read the new words and expressions one by one
S3 Look at the picture and talk about it
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step Three
While
task(24’)
Step 4 Listening
1 Play the tape in Activity 2
2 Play the tape in Activity 3
3 Play the tape in Activity 3 again
Step 5 Reading
6 Let Ss read the conversation and then choose the correct answer in Act4
7 Let Ss read in roles
3 Solve the difficulties
1Listen to Activity 2 and choose the correct answer
1) What’s the population of Beijing
A About 11 million
B About 20 million
C About 13 million
2)What’s the population of Chongqing
A About 28 million
B About 36 million
C More than 33 million
2 Listen to Activity 3 and answer
1)What is the boy doing
2)What’s the big problem in many countries now
3 Listen to Activity 3 again and complete the notes in Activity 3 Then open the books read the conversation and check the answers
1Read the conversation and then choose the correct answer in Act4
2Have a competition
3 Find out some key phrases and structures from the conversation
听英语学中关键部分常规听力练中提高学生听力 掌握话整体意义
听学生听程中加信息输入时问答程中加深话理解
读话旨学生掌握话具体信息通选择检查学生话初步理解程度
学生寻找重点词组句型
Step Four
Posttask
(10’)
Step6 Let Ss try to retell the conversation by some pictures and the key words
Retell the conversation
Tony is _____ some notes for a report called … Beijing is a ____ city with a large _____
运相关语言知识通口头训练掌握模块重句型
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Copy the new words and expressions in this unit
2 Try to recite the conversation next class
Copy the homework
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
十二 板书设计：
Module 9 Population
Unit 1 The population of China is about 137 billion
That makes over 1314 million births a year
That’s almost one fifth of the world’s population…
组评价
T1
T2
达标训练题
单项选择(5分)
1 Beijing has got ______population of more than 138 million
A the B a C an D
2 I don’t like ______people and ______traffic in the big city
A too much too many B many too too much
C too many too much D too many much too
3 A billion is one thousand______
A hundred B thousand C million D millions
4 The population of Shanghai is______
A large B small C many D much
5 The ______traffic stopped me from going to school on time yesterday So I was late
A heavy B crowded C fast D quick
二完形填空(5分)
It seems that the cities in the future will have to change Because the world’s population__1__ there will be__2__people in the cities tomorrow
It may be__3__for any family to live in a house with land around itThere__4__enough space for them__5__to solve this problem may be the skyscraper city (摩天城)
1 A has grown B is growing C are growing D have grown
2 A many B much C more D larger
3 A impossible B possible C important D necessary
4 A aren’t B won’t be C won’t have D haven’t
5 A A way BA road C An answer D An idea
Module 9 Population
二 教学容：Unit 2 Arnwick was a city with 200000 people
二课型：Reading and writing
三教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：rubbish quiet close down pupil solve等
2正确列句型：Parkville was near Arnwick a city with 200000 people
… Arnwick became a city with ove a million people
3够读懂涉口问题文章掌握文章意
4够描述口环境类问题提出解决方案
四教学重难点：
1够理解关口问题文章
2够简单描述口环保问题
五教学准备：PPT课件课堂联系表格奖品等
六教学程：
教学步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1 Warmingup
Leadin
1Let the Ss enjoy some pictures and tell what the pictures are about (Cities and country side)
2Free talk Let Ss work in pairs Ask and answer the questions
1Enjoy some pictures and tell what the pictures are about
2Work in pairs Ask and answer the questions
(1) Do you like to live in the country or in the city Why
(2)Why do many people move to cities
(3) What are the problems of big cities
通环节活跃课堂气氛教学容作铺垫
Step2 Prereading
New words learning：Show Ss some pictures and have a free talk between T& Ss teach the new words and expressions
Learn new words and phrases by free talk
引导学生直观谈图片训练学生口头表达力描述谈图片时学新单词新句型
Step3 Whilereading
1Scanning
Ask the Ss to scan the passage and find out what does the story want to tell us
1Scan the passage and find out what does the story want to tell us
A Parkville was a quiet village
B Arnwick was a city with 200000 people
C What is happening all over the world
学生带着务(问题)阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果阅读技巧分层阅读文章更知识点课文容理解突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
2Skimming
Ask the Ss to skim the passage and check the true sentences in Act3
2Skim the passage and check the true sentences in Act3 (135)
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph1&2
Let Ss read together and then choose the best answers
（2）Paragraph 3&4：
Let the girls read Para3&4 then choose T or F and correct the wrong sentences
（3）Paragraph5：
①Let the boys read paragraph 5 then answer the questions
（4）Reading
①Ask the whole class to read out the whole passage make sure that they understand it better
②Solve the language points
3Careful reading
（1）Paragraph 1 & 2
Choose the best answers
① How old is Jo
A 13 B15 C12
②Why did people move from Parkville to Arnwick
A To visit their friends
B To find jobs
C To go sightseeing
③What does the word flats mean
A 房间 B公寓 C 板
（2）Paragraph 3&4：
Choose T or F correct the wrong sentences
①The small local school in Parkville closed down fifty years ago ( )
② It takes half an hour to get to Arnwick by bus ( )
③ Arnwick needs many things such as more schools buses hospitals and so on
（3）Paragraph3&4：
①Let the boys read paragraph5 then answer the questions
Question
What does it mainly talk about from Para5
A Money can help solve all the problems
B We should do something to deal with(处理) the increasing population in the world
（4）Read out the whole passage make sure that understand the passage better
Find out something difficult and talk about it in class
Step4 Postreading
Show the picture in Act2 and ask the Ss to retell the passage with Act4
Look at the picture and try to retell the passage
通复述课文学生加深课文容理解巩固语言知识点
Step5 Summary
1Get the Ss to sum up the language points
T：What have we learned today？
Ss：……
2Let the Ss choose the best group in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best group
环节培养学生总结良学惯组评价更激发学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step6 Homework
Have the Ss write down suggestions to solve the problems in their home town
Finish the homework
巩固已学知识写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module9 Population
Unit 2 Arnwick was a city with 200000 people
Arnwick Parkville
close to
It was expensive to live in …
…
组评价
T1
T2
达标训练题
单项选择(5分)
1 It’s very difficult ______the fat boy ______so far every day
A for running B of running C for to run D of to run
2 There ______more public toilets in the busy and crowded city center
A need to be B is needed C need be D need to have
3 It took them two days ______the rubbish in the community
A carry B to carry C carrys D carrying
4—________
—There is a serious accident
A What is happened B Where is happening
C What happened D What is happening
5The company doesn’t run wellthe boss will______
A close B close it down C close down it D shut it up
二阅读理解(5分)
The onechild policy in our country has made most families much smaller than before That is to say there are fewer children in a family But the population of China is still growing faster Why In fact it’s a serious problem not only in China but also in the whole world It’s reported that the world population is expected to reach 10500000000 by 2050There are two important reasons First there are still more and more babies born every year Next people in the world can live much longer than before
The earth is too tired but it has to burden(担负)more in the future Who can save her
题号
1
2
3
4
5
答案
1 The passage tells us that the whole world is suffering from the________
A pollution B population C flood D hunger
2 The underlined word expected in the first paragraph means________
A希 B祝愿 C期 D预测
3The population of the world will be about ________by the year 2050
A105 million B105 billion C105 billion D105 million
4Which of the following is NOT true
A The population of China is still growing
B The number of women keeps growing these years
C It’s difficult for us to control(控制)the population in a few years
D One of the reasons for the population problem is that people can live longer than before
5 Which is the best title for the passage
A China’s Population B The Family Planning
C The Population Problem D China’s OneChild Policy
Module 9 Population
十 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
十二 课型：Revision and application
十三 教学目标：
1 To understand and read large numbers
2 To summarise and consolidate the use of articles
3 To understand and interpret graphs be able to make your own graphs
十四 教学重难点：
够运学知识介绍某区口环境问题
十五 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学
节课需教具资料：PPT图片调查表等
十六 教学程：
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step1
Revision and leadin
1 Let Ss look at the picture and read the numbers aloud to practice how to read the numbers
2 Let Ss master the structure of the grammar
Look at the picture and read the numbers aloud to practice how to read the numbers
To master the structure of the grammar
通复前两单元学数字读法势导入模块语法学
目朗读数字相关课文语句加深课文印象文段理解
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step2
Act1
Ask the Ss to match the countries with their populations
1 Match the countries with their populations in groups
2 Read your answers to Activity 1 to the whole class
3 Now listen and check
组活动：求学生组寻找答案校答案助增进组合作发挥团体精神
Step3
Act3
Let Ss read the chart and answer the questions
Read the chart and answer the questions
1 Which city had the largest population in 2000
2 Which city’s population will increase most from 2000 to 2025
3 Which city will have a larger increase in its population New York or Mexico City
4 Which citycities will have the biggest population problem Why
学生学会懂图表相关信息回答问题学生阅读理解力程度提高
Step4
Act4
Write a an or the where necessary
1 Read the passage carefully
2 Then use the articles to fill in the blanks where necessary
通针性练复冠词法
Step5
Act5
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in the box
First read the sentences and use the right form of the words from the box to fill in the blanks
通类型阅读题训练学生进步熟练掌握相关阅读技巧提高阅读理解力
Step6
Act6
Complete the diagram showing population problems
1 Read the diagram
2 Use the words from the box to complete the diagram
3 To get the answers from the Ss
Step7
Act7&8
1 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words from the box
2Complete the sentences with the correct form of the expressions in the box
1 Read the passage and master the details in the passage
2 Use the words to fill in the blanks
3 Get the right answers from the Ss
1 Read the sentences and understand the meanings
2 Choose the correct form of the expressions
Step8
Act9&10
Listening
1 Listen and choose the best summary
2 Listen again and choose the correct answer
Finish the exercises and check the answers in the whole class
听力训练
Step5
Summary
Talk about what we have learnt in this class
Let the whole class choose the best team today
Answer together
总结纳利学生进步梳理学知识
Step6
Homework
Let Ss write a passage to describe their graph
Finish the homework
通布置作业巩固单元学知识
达标训练题
单项选择(5分)
1 She will have ______chance to go to ______college for a further education
A a a B a the C the the D a
2______we are ______we feel
A The busier the happier B The busiest the happiest
C Busier happier D The more busy the more happy
3—______is the population of our city
—About two million
A How many B How much C How far D How large
4 The ______of traffic made me awake all night
A shout B noise C sound D voice
5 It’s all going to be OKyou just have to______
A give up B close down C hang on D pick up
二完形填空(5分)
The population problem may be the__1__one of the world today The world’s population is growing__2__Two thousand years ago there were only 250 million people__3__the earth Four hundred years ago the number was__4__500 million But at the beginning of the__5__centurythe world’s population was about 1700 million In 1970this number was 3600 million In 1990the number was five billion
1 A great B greater C greatest D greating
2 A faster and faster B fast and fast
C fastest and fastest D faster and fast
3 A in B on C at D for
4 A near B more C almost D over
5 A twenty B twelve C twentieth D twelfth
Module10 The weather
十二 教学容：Unit 1 It might snow
十三 课型：Listening and speaking
十四 教学目标：
4 够正确列单词词组：cloud shower snow storm cloudy rainy snowy sunny windy skate thick ice joke might temperature minus degree although wet terrible wish probably come on
正确列句型：1Are you joking
2 Sounds great
3 Me neither
4Come on better get going
5 What’s the temperature
6 It’s probably sunny and hot there
7Rainy weather is terrible
8I like sunny weather and I like snow as well
9 What’s the weather like in America in winter
5 够听懂谈天气谈话完成相关听力务
4关天气名词形容词情态动词询问天气句型谈天气
5通单元学解种气象培养学生爱护保护环境良品德
教学重难点：
够熟练运关天气名词形容词情态动词谈天气
十五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片实物题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机实物课堂练表格奖品
十六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Warmingup
1 Have the students see a flahHow is the weather
4． Free talk What’s the weather like today Do you like cold weather
1 See a flahHow is the weather
2 Free talks about weather
学生通关天气flash进行课前热身视觉听觉方面刺激学生思维活跃课堂气氛
旧引新先引导学生进入新模块容训练学生反应时引入新单词
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
1 Play a game brain storm about weatherShow them some pictures about weather and have the students say out the words
5 Show students some pictures of new words and learn the new words
6 Have the students listen and check the correct information in the table in Activity 2
7 Have the students work in pairsListen again and correct the wrong information in the table in Activity 2
8 Work in pairs ask and answer like this about the table
1 Look at the pictures and say the words of weather
2 Look at the pictures and learn the new words
3Listen and check the correct information
4 Listen again and correct the wrong information in the table in Activity 2 in pairs
9 Talk about the weather in the table like this
AWhat’s the weather like in… BIt’s windy＼cloudy＼snowy…
A What’s the temperature
B …
玩关天气头脑风暴游戏活跃课堂气氛时学生复学单词
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
通听两遍完成两听力务培养学生听取细节力
先听说学生伴询问天气句型谈表中城市天气巩固句型词语
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and answer
Have the students listen to the tape and complete the sentence
①What’s the temperature
It’s between minus ___and minus_____degrees
②It is ____ in winter and ____ in summer in America
2Listen and read
Have the students listen and read the dialogue by themselves and check the true sentences in Activity 4Then check their answers in pairs then in class
3Read and remember
Ask students to read the dialogue in groups and try to find out some important language points by themselves then help them solve the difficult points if necessary
4 Act out the dialogue
1Listen and complete the sentence
What’s the temperature
①It’s between minus ___and minus_____degrees
②It is ____ in winter and ____ in summer in America
2Listen and read and check the answers in pairs Correct the wrong sentences as well
3 The students read the dialogue in groups and find out the import language points
4 Read the dialogue in groups and then ask several groups to act out the dialogue in class
学生带着问题听课文学生听觉课文初步理解时培养学生通听获取细节信息技巧
学生通听读课文纠正语音进步熟悉课文容check 正确句子更正错误句子培养学生通读获取细节信息力
通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Complete the passage
Let the students complete the passage with the words in Activity 1(Activity 5)
2Make a weather forecast
Give the students some pictures about the weather in different cities in China In groups make a weather forecast
1 Complete the passage of Activity 5 and ask 2 volunteers to say out their answers
2 Make a weather forecast in groups Use the sentence It’ll probably …Then choose the best weatherman
学生根实际完成文段学会正确表达关项球类运动情况时解情况
通组活动学生做天气预报员充分实践运语言形中突破课难点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Complete the sentences with the words in the box(Activity4)
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固运已学知识
七板书设计：
Book 3 Module10 The weather
Unit1 It might snow
1Are you joking
2 Sounds great
3 Me neither
4Come on better get going
5 What’s the temperature
6 It’s probably sunny and hot there
7Rainy weather is terrible
8I like sunny weather and I like snow as well
9 What’s the weather like in America in winter
达标训练题
根句子意思适词填空：
1) It rains a lot in summer in Beijing It’s often ________
2) There’re a lot of clouds It’s _________
3) The weather is snowy and there’s a lot of __________ in the park
4) The sun is out It’s very ____________ and hot today
5) The wind is very strong It’s so __________ that it’s difficult to walk
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1 ________ It’s cold
AWhat’s the weather BWhat’s the weather like
C How’s weather D How’s the weather like
( ) 2 I don’t like rainy weather ________
A I don’t liketoo B Are you joking
C Me neither D Sounds great
( ) 3 It’s very cold and cloudy It might _____tomorrow
A snow Bsnowed C snowy D snowing
( )4 — Where are you going thisweekend
— I’m not sureI ______go to the zoo
A can B may C need D must
( )5 She likes red and green _______
B also B either C neither Das well
Module 10 The weather
十七 教学容：Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round
十八 课型：Reading and writing
十九 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：mileround northwest southeast the best time to do sth from time to time compared to had better (not)do
2够读懂介绍美国州天气短文扑捉旨意找出相关细节信息
3够运情态动词maymight 副词probably表达
4理解单元出现动词定式法
5正确连词because so but写篇家乡时节出原
二十 教学重难点：
1够读懂介绍美国州天气短文
2够运情态动词maymight 副词probably表达
二十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式阅读课四阶段教学模式课指导学生通阅读获取信息培养学生阅读技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图录音机课堂练表格奖品
二十二 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
1Lead in
Play a piece of music Take me home country roadand then have a free talk with Ss
Do you like the song What’s the weather like today
What’s the weather like in winter in your hometown
What’s the best time to visit your hometown
1 Listen to the song Take me home country roadand answer the questions
首著名旅行关乡村音乐进行热身活跃课堂气氛学生快速进入课话题然谈天气引导学生回顾节课容考验学生Unit1知识掌握程度训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯
Step Two
Pre
reading
(5’)
1Show students the two pictures of Activity1 Lead the students to describe them
2Have students guess
Can you guess what we are going to read
1Look at the pictures and describe them
2Guess what they are going to read
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述图片力
通预测激发学生产生阅读愿心理
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
Step Three
While
reading (24’)
1 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and find out the main idea of it
2 Scanning
（1）Show the students a map of America Ask students to scan the passage and answer
T We know the US is a very big country It has 50 states How many places are mentioned in the passage
Read the passage quickly again and find out the answer
（2）Call back the answers
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Complete the sentences
T Now we know the Us is a very big country How big is it Read Paragraph 1 in pairs and complete the sentences
②Let the students read Paragraph 1 in groups of four and find out difficulties
③Solve the difficulties
(2) Paragraph26
T Just now we have found out there are 7 places are mentionedWhen is the best time to visit them What’s the weather like What we should bring Let’s go on reading Paragraph26Complete the table
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③ Let the students read Paragraph26 in turns and the other students listen carefully to point out important points
④Solve the difficulties
1Skim the passage and choose the main idea
十三 The US is a very big country
十四 The best time to visit New England
十五 You can visit the US any time you like
十六 The best time to visit New York
2 Scanning
(1)Look at the map of America Then scan the passage and find out the answer in groups
How many places are mentioned in the passage
3Careful reading
5． Read Paragraph1
①Complete the sentences
1The US is about ________from the east coast to the west coast
2When you visit the US you should bring a ____
②Read Paragraph 1 in groups of four and find out difficulties
③Solve the difficulties together
(2)Read Paragraph26 and complete the table
Place
Weather
Best time to visit
Things to bring
New York
WashingtonDC
New England
California
Seattle
Alaska
Texas
③Let the students read Paragraph26 in turns and the other students point out difficulties points
④To say the difficulties
and solve together
求学生快速阅读文章选出课文题意培养学生快速阅读技巧获取文章整体信息力
学生抓住课文题意求学生次课文寻读学生理解文章细节篇章结构更深层次理解进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取细节信息提高阅读效果获取细节信息技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
reading
(10’)
1Retell
(1)Let the students try to retell the passage with the information of the table in groups
(2)Check several students and ask the students to choose the best one
2Speaking
(1)Have the students match the two parts of the sentences in Activity5
(2) Have the students make sentences with the words becauseso and but
(1) Retell the passage with theinformation of table in groups like this
The US is a very big countryYou can visit it any time you likeThe best time to visit New York and Washington DC is in…
(2) Choose the best one
2
(1)Match the two parts of the sentences in Activity5
(2)Make sentences with the words becauseso and but
复述课文学生加深课文容理解
适量口头练学生巩固课时语言重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
Write some advice for visiting Huizhou and give reasons in Activity5
Write a passage
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
八 板书设计：
Unit2 The weather is fine all year round
the best time to do Sth
from time to time
compared to
had better (not)do
Bring a map because you may want to travel around
Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees
The days are long and warm in summerbut may be cool in evening
达标训练题
二 完成句子
5 惠州旅行方Huizhou is a good place____________
6 云南年头温暖The weather in Yunnan is warm _________
7 夏天时常会阵雨There are showers ______________
8 夏天游泳意It’s _____________go swimming in summer
三 单项选择
3 The best time to ______ English is in the morning
Aread B reading C listen D listening
4 Excuse me How can I get to the zoo
You had better ____________a taxi It’s far from here
B to take B take C taking D took
4 It will rain tomorrow _____don’t forget _____your umbrella tomorrow
B Beacause to bring B But to take CSo to bring D So to take
7 The leaves start to _____yellow in autumn
A get Bturn C grow D turns
Module 10 The weather
七 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
八 课型：Revision and application
九 教学目标：
1 正确运模块词汇：cloud shower snow storm cloudy rainy snowy sunny windy等
2 区正确描述天气形容词名词
3 根模块学知识表情态动词描述天气写建议关中国旅行时节
十 教学重难点：
表情态动词描述天气写建议关中国旅行时节
十 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
十二 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1Show students a short video about different kinds of weather
2Have a competition Say out the words about the weather
1The students watch the video and revise the different kinds of weather
2 Say out the words about the weather
通观关种天气视频学生视觉听觉直观解种天气时活跃课堂气氛进步学做铺垫
通词汇竞赛学生巩固关天气词汇活动做铺垫时激发学生动性创造性思维
2 Whiletask(17’)
8 Let the students work in pairs look at the World weather map ask and answer the questions in Activity6
1Look at the the World weather map and ask and answer in pairs
学生通伴问答达真实交际目时强化询问天气描述天气句型词汇运
9 Make sentences
Work in pairs and make sentences
I usually watch TV in the evenningbut I might go shopping this evening
3Have the students listen and complete the setences
4Call back the answers
2Work in pairs and make sentences
3 Listen and complete the setences
通伴交流做事情达巩固情态动词表法
通听力练培养学生听力程中选择意识通听获取细节力巩固模块词汇
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Have students work in groups and complete Activity 13and 7
2 Call back the answers
1Complete Activity 13and 7 in groups
2 Check the answers in groups then in class
通组间合作完成笔头练强化模块知识点运培养学生学团体精神
3 Ask the students to read the email and find the answers to the questions in groups
4Organization
Work in groups read the email and find the answers to the questions in groups
通组阅读Sally邮件回答问题步写邮件做铺垫
4 Summary
(1’)
Ask the students to conclude the usage of adjectives and nouns about weather and may might probably (for possibility)
Students conclude the usage of adjectives and adjectives and nouns about weather and may might probably (for possibility)
引导学生模块知识点总结培养学生学总结良学惯
5 Homework（1’）
Write an email to a friend who wants to visit China
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
板书设计
Module 10 The weather
Unit 3 Language in use
It might snow
It’s probably sunny and hot there
Bring a map because you may want to travel around
It’s good to hear that you may visit China
I think the best time to come is…
达标训练题
8 词正确形式填空
7 It will be _________( sun) tomorrow
8 You should choose _________(careful)the things to buy on the Internet
9 The weather will be much _________ ( hot) the day after tomorrow
4When is the _________(good)time to fly kites
5Today is a _________(storm)day
二选择正确答案
( ) 1 He ________comebut I am not sure
Amight Bcan’t C must Dcouldn’t
( ) 2 He will________go to Beijing this summer
A may B possible C probably D might
( ) 3 Xiamen is _____the east coast of China
A in Bon C of D at
( )4 When is the best season ______your countrySally
A visits Bvisit C to visit Dvisited
( )5 She usually go to school by carbut she _______go to school by bus tomorrow
C could B might Cwould Dshould
Module 11 Way of life
十七 教学容：Unit1 In China we open a gift later
十八 课型：Listening and speaking
十九 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：cap chopstick toy video game gift surprise immediately difference accept tradition example for example must month serious taste
2够正确must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t
3够听懂某风俗惯社会行
4够谈某风俗惯生活惯
二十 教学重难点：
1够听懂某风俗惯社会行（重点）
2够谈某风俗惯生活惯（难点）
二十 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
二十二 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1Share a Happy Birthday song
2．Free talk
Tomorrow is your best friend’s birthday what gift are you going to give her or he
1Enjoy the song and sing together
2 Talk in groups and in class
旧引新先引导学生回顾相关词汇
通环节训练学生反应形中培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students gifts for them to choose and then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg
cap chopstick toy video game gift surprise immediately difference accept tradition example for example must month serious taste
Watch pictures learn some new words
cap chopstick toy video game gift surprise immediately difference accept tradition example for example must month serious taste
利图片呈现新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and number
(1)Ask students to finish Activity1
2Listen again and match the words and expressions
3 T So do you know what they will buy for Lingling Do you think Lingling will like the present Now let’s listen and get to know it
4 Reading
T Good job Please open your book and read the dialogue and find out Can Lingling open the gift immediately What must she do After that please check what you usually do in China on Page89
5 Problems solving
Ask the students to read the dialogue in roles And help them solve these important points
1) Here’s your gift
2) What a surprise
3) I don’t think I should open it now
4)You needn’t wait
5)pay much attention to …
6) you mustn’t break anything
7) You must only use ted paper for hongbao because red means luck
6 Read
Have the students read together
1 Listen and number the words as you hear them
2 Finish Activity2
3The students watch carefully and find out the answer
Does Lingling like the present
4 Students open the book and find out the answers Then check what you usually do in China in groups
5Some students read the dialogue and the other students find out difficulties points All the students say the difficulties
and solve together
6 Read
Have the students read together
通听力训练学生熟悉新单词短语
进步听说学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）听话找答案助培养提高学生更加准确听取信息力通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Complete the passage with the words in the box
2Speaking
Work in pairs
Have students ask and answer like this
What must ＼ mustn’t you do at school
I must… I mustn’t…
1 Complete the retelling according to the dialogue(Finish Activity 4)
2 Make dialogues Write the information in Activity 7
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适口头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the dialogue after school and remember the new words
2 To copy the new words
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
七板书设计：
Module 11 Way of life
Unit1 In China we open a gift later
1 I don’t think I should open it now In China we open a gift later
2 …you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival
3 You can’t be serious
达标训练题
．词适形式填空：
1 Can she __________ (do) the cleaning for me
2 Happy ___________ (birth) to you Jim
3 It’s too difficult for me ____________ (understand) this math problem
4 I think you mustn’t _________ (open)the gift now
5 Can you use _____________ ( chopstick)
二完成句子：
1 必须等会开
You ________________ and open it _________________
2 注意
I noticed _________ ______________
3 够破里东西
You ____________ ___________ anything here
4 请注意交通规
Please ________ __________ ___________ to the traffic rules
5 没必等
You ____________ _______________
Module 11 Way of life
二十三 教学容：Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk
二十四 课型：Listening and speaking
二十五 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：experience stay for the first time shoulder
句型结构：… you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time
You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street
or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers
At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus
2读懂介绍某风俗社会行文章
3够够利渠道解国家风俗惯
4够运情态动词描述家家规校规
二十六 教学重难点：
1读懂介绍某风俗社会行文章（重点）
2够运情态动词描述家家规校规（难点）
二十七 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
二十八 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
Free talk
T Hey Boys and girls we can’t do many things at our school Do you like it If you don’t like it then tell me what do you want your school be like What’s your dream school
Have students talk about what they were doing at 900 last night
旧引新先引导学生进入模块话题
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
T Actually in different country people have different ways of life just like our school So do you want to know the way of life in England
Then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words with the help of some pictures as well
eg
experience stay for the first time shoulder
Watch pictures learn some new words
experience stay for the first time shoulder
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清读障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage
T Make the students read the passage and answer the question
What must you do when you are waiting for the bus at the station in England
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and choose the correct answer( Activity 3)
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①The whole class read together and answer these two questions
1) What did Wang Hui notice when he was in England
②T Now lets check the answer
③Solve some difficulties
1) the English way of life…
2) something interesting
T What’s the English way of life Are they the same as Chinese Let’s get to know more
(2)Paragraphs 25
5) ①T Now I want you to read these four paragraphs and find out the interesting English ways of life
②Discuss the English ways of life in groups
A When you first meet someone you must say _________ or _________ but if you know each other better you can just use their ___________________
B Afternoon tea is just a drink and they drink tea with nothing just like us(True or False)
C What’s fish and chips And where can you buy them
D What mustn’t you do at the bus stop
③Have students say out the English way of life in class
④Solve difficulties
1) each other
We must help each other
2) …for the first time
I am here in Huizhou for the first time
3)…tea with milk with 带 eg Bread with cheese tea with nothing
4)high street
5) push one’s way onto…
6) stand in a line queue
7) wait one’s turn 轮流等候
（3） Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and find out the answer
What must you do when you are waiting for the bus at the station in England
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and finish Activity 3
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Read and find out the answer to the question
②Check the answer
③ Ask a little teacher to solve difficulties
(2)Paragraphs 25
①The whole class read the dialogue together
②Discuss the English way of life in groups
A When you first meet someone you must say _________ or _________ but if you know each other better you can just use their ___________________
B Afternoon tea is just a drink and they drink tea with nothing just like us(True or False)
C What’s fish and chips And where can you buy them
D What mustn’t you do at the bus stop
③Have students say out the English way of life in class
④Solve difficulties
(3) Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
求学生快速阅读文章找问题答案
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力理清事发展序整体握文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Let the students retell the story while looking at the notes on the blackboard
The English way of life is 1________ When you first meet someone you must say 2_________ or 3________ but if you know each other better you can just use their 4_________ name People in England have afternoon5_________ it’s not just a drink but a 6________ meal at around 4pm They also eat 7_____ and cakes Fish and chips is traditional food in England and it’s 8___________ You need to 9________ in a line when you’re waiting for the bus at the bus stop
2 Writing
What are ways of life in our hometown
Answer questions in Activity5 and write a short passage
1 Do the retelling
The English way of life is 1________ When you first meet someone you must say 2_________ or 3________ but if you know each other better you can just use their 4_________ name People in England have afternoon5_________ it’s not just a drink but a 6________ meal at around 4pm They also eat 7_____ and cakes Fish and chips is traditional food in England and it’s 8___________ You need to 9________ in a line when you’re waiting for the bus at the bus stop
2 Writing
Write the short passage
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适笔头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the passage after school and remember the new words
2To finish writing your passage
Ways of life in my hometown
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module11Way of life
Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk
1) each other We must help each other
2) …for the first time I am here in Huizhou for the first time
3)…tea with milk with 带 eg Bread with cheese tea with nothing
4)high street
5) push one’s way onto…
6) stand in a line queue
7) wait one’s turn 轮流等候
达标训练题
mustmustn’t can can’t need needn’t 填空：
1 You __________ play the football on the road It’s dangerous
2 — _______ I leave at once
— No you _________
3 You __________ take photos of this special building
4 — May I sit here
— I’m afraid you _______ Someone has taken it
5 — Must I do my homework now
— Yes you _________
二选择正确答案：
( )1 I have _________ to eat Please give me some
A something B nothing C anything D everything
( )2 __________and wait your turn
A Stand in a line B Take away
C Push your way D Try to
( )3 — Are you new here
— Yes I come here for the ______ time
A one B second C two D first
( )4 My teacher touched me ________ shoulder and smiled
A at B in C on D of
( )5 The boy is ________ and he always talks ____________
A polite politely B politely polite
C polite polite D politely politely
Module 11 Way of life
二十九 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
三十 课型：Listening and speaking
三十 教学目标：
i 够正确列单词词组：
cap chopstick toy video game gift surprise immediately difference accept tradition example for example mustexperience stay for the first time shoulder…
句型结构：
… you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time
You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street
or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers
At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus
2够正确must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t
3增强跨文化意识培养文化包容心
4够运学知识写篇介绍学校校规短文
三十二 教学重难点：
1 够正确must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t（重点）
2 够写篇介绍学校校规短文（难点）
三十三 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
三十四 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a song and sing together Happy New Year
1Say hello to each other
2 The students enjoy the song
To arouse the students’ interests and relax the students
2 Whiletask(17’)
1 Have the students go over the lesson in groups and talk about the way of life in England
2 Dictation of this module
1 Try to use the language points they’ve learnt in this module
2 To have the dictation
Review and consolidate the verbs and the phrases just learned in the first two units
1Free talk You know very well about the English way of life but do you know some Chinese way of life Now let’s talk about the Chinese Spring Festival
2Ask the students to summarize the usage of must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t
3 Have students finish Activity 13 to consolidate the language points
1 Students make the dialogues and share in class with the other students about must and mustn’t about Chinese Spring Festival
2The students make a summary of must mustn’t can can’t need needn’t
3 Do the exercise of Activity 13
Consolidate expressions and main sentence structure that they’ve learned
4Listening (Activity 4)
4 Practice the listening
To practice the listening
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Speaking
So you have studied here for 2 years Do you know the school rules well What must we do at school What mustn’t you do What can you do What can’t you do
2 Have students finish Activity2
3 Writing
My school rules
I study in … I’m in Class… Grade… And this is our school rules First we mustn’t…
1Students learn to tell the school rules in class
2Finish Activity2
3 Writing
My school rules
To practice the skill of speaking and writing
4 Summary
(1’)
Sum up usage of these words
Must mustn’t can can’t
Students conclude the usage of the key structure
Let the students internalize the grammar they’ve learned in this module
5 Homework（1’）
1 Remember all the new words and useful expressions of this module
2 Finish the exercise on the workbook
3 Try to finish the composition
板书设计
Module11 Way of life
Unit 3 Language in use
… you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time
You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street
or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers
At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus
达标训练题
词适形式填空：
1 People often eat lots of ____________(sandwich)
2You can use _________ (one) name with your friends
3 He mustn’t ________ play football on the road
4Can Lily _________ (go) to the party with us
5 Do you know the _________ (different) between us
二完形填空：
January 1st is New Year’s Day People usually give parties to celebrate it The Spring Festival comes next It is the most important holiday in 1 Before the Spring Festival people 2 their houses and do a lot of 3 On the eve of the festival family members meet for a big dinner After 4 they watch TV until midnight They enjoy talking and eating 5 all people cheer 6 the New Year and wish each other good 7
May Day is also celebrated in China People have holidays then 8 Day is on September 10th Students send cards or flowers to their teachers The Mid – Autumn Festival is also very important in China People get together to watch the round 9 and eat traditional food 10 1st is our National Day We usually have a get together to celebrate it
( ) 1 A Canada B China C Australia D England
( ) 2 A build B sell C buy D clean
( ) 3 A reading B shop C shopping D wash
( ) 4 A work B dinner C singing D sleeping
( ) 5 A At noon B At midnight C In the morning D In the afternoon
( ) 6 A to welcome B welcome C welcoming D welcome to
( ) 7 A hope B luck C lucky D hopeful
( ) 8 A Teacher B Teaching C Teacher’s D Teachers’
( ) 9 A table B sun C pool D moon
( ) 10 A September B August C November D October
Module12 Help
三十五 教学容：Unit 1What should we do before help arrives
三十六 课型：Listening and speaking
三十七 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组： broken glass medical imagine bottom at the bottom of… wrong What’s wrong with … trouble lift up drop make sure have trouble doing sth cover… with… No that could be harmful…
2够正确情态动词must can could表示推测
3够听懂谈急救话题听力材料
4够谈突发事应采取相应措施
三十八 教学重难点：
1够听懂谈急救话题听力材料（重点）
2够谈突发事应采取相应措施（难点）
三十九 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
四十 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
Lead in
1 Enjoy a song and do action while listening
2．Free talk
T What must we do when we go downstairs
1Enjoy the song and do actions
2 Have the free talk in pairs
旧引新先引导学生回顾must法
通环节引导学生must法进行简单解训练学生反应培养学生胆说英语惯活跃课堂气氛
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show students some pictures from the textbook then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg broken glass medical imagine bottom at the bottom of… wrong What’s wrong with … trouble lift up drop make sure have trouble doing sth cover… with… No that could be harmful…
Watch pictures and learn some new words
broken glass medical imagine bottom at the bottom of… wrong What’s wrong with … trouble lift up drop make sure have trouble doing sth cover… with… No that could be harmful…
利图片呈现新单词句型做词离句学生扫清听障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Listen and fill in the blanks（Activity2）
(1) You could ______ when you go down the stairs
(2) It’s quite dangerous in the kitchen at home because _________ glass or knives can cut you
(3) You ________ drop the heavy furniture and hurt your _________ when you’re moving it
2Listen again and check
3 Listen and find out(Activity3)
What should we do before help arrives when an accident happens ( Choose the right answers )
A Call 120
B Shout for help
C Lift him up
D Sit him on a chair
E Cover him with a coat
4 Reading
T Good job Please open your book and complete the first aid suggestions and decide if they are good or bad on Page97
5 Problems solving
Ask the students to read the dialogue in roles And help them solve these important points
1)imagine imagine doing sth eg I often imagine flying in the sky
2) bottom at the bottom of… eg Shall we have a picnic at the bottom of this mountain
3)wrong What’s wrong with … eg What is wrong with you
4)trouble have trouble doing sth I have trouble finishing the homework by myself
5) Make sure Make sure it’s safe to stay here
6) cover… with… Can you cover the boy with a coat
7) No that could be harmful
6 Reading Have students read by themselves and try to remember the main ideas of the dialogue
1 Listen and fill in the blanks （Activity2）
2 Listen again and check
3 Listen and find out (Activity3)and find out the answer
What should we do before help arrives when an accident happens ( Choose the right answers )
A Call 120
B Shout for help
C Lift him up
D Sit him on a chair
E Cover him with a coat
4 Students open the book and find out the answers Then make them to work together and complete the notes in groups
5Some students read the dialogue and the other students find out difficulties points All the students say the difficulties
and solve together
6 Reading Students read by themselves and try to remember the main ideas of the dialogue
通听力训练学生熟悉话容
进步听说学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）听话找答案助培养提高学生更加准确听取信息力通组活动提高学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1Retelling
Finish Activity4 on Page97
2Speaking
Work in pairs
Have students ask and answer like this
What do you do if someone is hurt
Ask him her what happened…
1 Complete the retelling according to the dialogue
2 Pair work Make dialogues
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适口头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2 Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the dialogue after school and remember the new words
2 To copy the new words
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼
七板书设计：
Module 12 Help
Unit1 What should we do before help arrives
imagine imagine doing sth eg I often imagine flying in the sky
bottom at the bottom of… eg Shall we have a picnic at the bottom of this mountain
wrong What’s wrong with … eg What is wrong with you
trouble have trouble doing sth I have trouble finishing the homework by myself
make sure Make sure it’s safe to stay here
cover… with… Can you cover the boy with a coat
No that could be harmful
达标训练题
．词适形式填空：
1 Look The boy is _________(lie) on the floor
2The little girl has trouble __________ ( speak)
3 It is ______( harm) to read in the sun
4 The students made their teacher ____________(angry)
5 What could we do before help ___________(arrive)
二选择正确答案：
( ) 1—What’s ________ with you
— I have a bad cold
A problem B matter C trouble D wrong
( ) 2 The boy is hurt badly He is _____ pain
A in B on C at D of
( ) 3 That’s such good advice that you ________ be a doctor
A could B should C will Dwould
( ) 4 We should shout ____________ when we are in danger
A of help B to helps C for help D at help
( ) 5 —Look at the light Someone ______ be at home
— Yes you’re right
A can B must C can’t D mustn’t
Module 12 Help
四十 教学容：Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture
四十二 课型：Listening and speaking
四十三 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词组：
earthquake warn inside under window keep clear (of) calm brave
句型： 1） Keep calm especially when you are with other people
2) In short follow what you learnt in school
3) You can be safe and you can also help save others
2读懂关突发事相应措施文字材料理解文章意掌握细节信息
3够震中进行保护题写出相关文段
4培养学生灾难中保护意识应突发事力
四十四 教学重难点：
1读懂关突发事相应措施文字材料理解文章意掌握细节信息（重点）
2够震中进行保护题写出相关文段（难点）
四十五 教学准备：
课堂整体运务型教学模式培养学生独立学力课指导学生通听说获取信息培养学生听说技教学程中采媒体手段辅助教学利种图片题务贯穿整教学程节课需准备：PPT课件挂图课堂练表格奖品
四十六 教学程：
教学
步骤
教师活动
学生活动
设计意图
Step One
Warmingup (3’)
1Free talk
T Do all of you still remember what should we do when you see a boy lying at the bottom of the stairs
2T Do you think knowing what to do is important when some accidents happen Now let’s take a look at document about the Wenchuan Earthquake
Have students talk about what they learnt yesterday
2 Watch the video and think about this
What should we do during an earthquake
旧引新先引导学生进入模块题
Step Two
Pretask
(5’)
Show pictures and have the students talk about what to do during an earthquake then show the title of the lesson and lecture the new words as well
eg
earthquake warn inside under window keep clear (of) calm brave
Talk and learn some new words
earthquake warn inside under window keep clear (of) calm brave
引导学生谈图片训练学生描述事情力描述时学新单词句型做词离句学生扫清读障碍
Step Three
While task (24’)
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan the passage
T Make the students read the passage and answer the question
What must you do if you are on a beach when an earthquake happens
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and then finish Activity 4
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①The whole class read together and answer these two questions
1) Is it easy to warn people about the earthquake
2)People know much about what to do during an earthquake( True or false)
T Now lets check the answers
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③Solve difficulties
7) wan sb about sth
warn sb to do sth warm sb not to do sth
8) little a little + nouns (uc)
9) few a few + nouns (c)
T Since we know little about the accidents let’s get to know more First let’s get to know what to do when we’re inside the buildings
(2)Paragraph 2
6) ①T Now I want someone to read the passage for us and the other students check the sentences
When an earthquake happen…
a Jump out of high buildings
b Stay by the windows
c Keep staying inside the building
d You can use the lift
e Be brave and helpful
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
1) jump out of…
2) stay move away from…
3)keep clear of…
4) stop to do sth stop doing sth
5) keep calm cool
T So this is what we should do when we’re inside the building Let’s go on to find out what we should do when we stay outside
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1)Why must we stay away from buildings
2)Must we get out of the bus or car if we are in a bus or car
3） What must we be careful of if we are in the mountains
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
1) fall on sb
2) Do not… Don’t…
3) If you are in a bus or car stay in it
4)be careful of sth
5) run away from…
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
T So in a word (in short) follow what you learnt in school You can be safe and you can also help save sothers Let’s read the passage together
(4)Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
1 Scanning
(1)Ask students to scan
the passage and find out the answer
What must you do if you are on a beach when an earthquake happens
2 Skimming
Ask students to skim the passage and finish Activity 4
3Careful reading
(1)Paragraph 1
①Read and find out the answers to the questions
1) Is it easy to warn people about the earthquake
2)People know much about what to do during an earthquake( True or false)
②Ask a volunteer to read Paragraph 1 in class and the other students find out difficulties
③ Ask a little teacher to solve difficulties
(2)Paragraph 2
1)①Listen to someone to read and check the sentences
When an earthquake happen…
a Jump out of high buildings
b Stay by the windows
c Keep staying inside the building
d You can use the lift
e Be brave and helpful
②Ask a student to be a little teacher to check the answers
③Read by yourself and point out important points
④Solve difficulties
(3)Paragraph 3
①Let the students answer these two questions after reading Paragrap3
1)Why must we stay away from buildings
2)Must we get out of the bus or car if we are in a bus or car
3） What must we be careful of if we are in the mountains
②Students read this paragraph and find out difficult points
③Ask a group of six students to read paragraph 3
(4)Ask the students
read the passage
together make sure they
understand it well
求学生快速阅读文章找问题答案
通学生快速阅读培养学生获取旨力理清事发展序整体握文章容 进步学做铺垫
学生带着务（问题）阅读课文找答案助学生更加准确获取信息提高阅读效果技学生通分层次阅读文章获取具体信息知识点课文理解分段学突破组活动通学生间合作学学生充分实践运语言激发学生创造性思维发展
Step Four
Post
task
(10’)
1A competition
What to do in an earthquake
2 Writing
Try to write as many instructions as you can about what to do in an earthquake
1 Do the retelling
2 Writing
Try to write as many instructions as you can about what to do in an earthquake
复述话学生加深课文容理解记忆
适笔头练学生巩固课时语言点突出重点
Step Five
Summary（2’）
1Get the students to
sum up the language points
T What have we learned today
Ss……
2Let the students to choose the best team in this lesson
1Sum up the language points
2To choose the best groups
引导学生节课总结学生做发言培养学生学总结良学惯
简短评价学生课堂表现肯定激励学生学兴趣树立学英语信心
Step Six
Home
work
（1’）
1 Read the passage after school and remember the new words
2To finish the exercises on the workbook
Finish the homework
课作业助学生巩固已学知识补充方面锻炼写作阅读拓展学生终完全掌握语言实践运语言
七板书设计：
Module12 Help
Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture
warn sb about sth 1） Keep calm especially when you are with other people
jump out of… 2) In short follow what you learnt in school
stay away from 3) You can be safe and you can also help save others
达标训练题
选择正确答案：
( )1 What __________ you just now
A happen to B happened to
C happening to D happens to
( )2 __________ when you are in trouble
A Jump out of B Stay away from
C Keep calm D Hide under a table
( )3 In the mountains be careful ______ falling rocks
A of B at C on D to
( )4 _________ nervous I’ll give some advice
A Don’t B Do not
C Do be D Do not be
( )5 Stop _________please Time for class
A speak B to speak C speaking D to speaking
二完成句子：
1请勿火源
Please ________ __________ of fire
2 应该远离毒品
We should _________ _________ from drugs
3 紧张请保持冷静
Don’t be nervous and _________ ________ please
4 瞧 海豚跳出水面
Look A dolphin is ________ _________ of the water
5 预警震时困难
It’s difficult to ___________ people ____________ earthquakes
Module 12 Help
四十七 教学容：Unit 3 Language in use
四十八 课型：Listening and speaking
四十九 教学目标：
1够正确列单词词：
broken glass medical imagine bottom at the bottom of… wrong What’s wrong with … trouble lift up drop make sure have trouble doing sth cover… with… No that could be harmful…
2够正确情态动词must can could表示推测
3够阅读理解突发事文章
4够制作张预防校园意外事宣传海报
五十 教学重难点：
1 够正确情态动词must can could表示推测（重点）
2 够制作张预防校园意外事宣传海报（难点）
五十 教学准备：
节课型Revision and application根新课标求结合教材学生特点采务型互动式进行教学结合情景法交际法听说法纳法等教学方法实施课堂活动开启学生思维通系列条理教学活动引导学生探究学互动合作学学生体验愉快学节课需教具资料：幻灯图片调查表等
五十二 教学程：
教学步骤
教 师 活 动
学 生 活 动
活 动 目
1 Leadingin
（7’）
1 Greetings
2 To play a game
Simon says Stand up Don’t stand…
1Say hello to each other
2 The students enjoy the game
Review and consolidate the new words and some phrases
2 Whiletask(17’)
1 Show the students some pictures of the earthquake and have them talk about what to do in an earthquake then finish Activities 2&3 on Page 100
1 Talk and finish the exercise
Review and consolidate the verbs and the phrases just learned in the first two units
2Complete Activity1
3Ask the students to sum up could must mustn’t can can’t
4 Have students finish Activity 5
2 Complete Activity1
3The students sum up could must mustn’t can can’t
4 Do the exercise of Activity 5
Consolidate expressions and main sentence structure that they’ve learned
5Listening (Activity 6)
5 Practice the listening
To practice the listening and the reading
3 Posttask
(19’)
1 Free talk
Have students finish Activity 4 and then have them talk about How can we keep safe at school
2 Have students work in groups to make a poster about staying safe at school
1 Students talk about the risk of being hurt at school
2 Make a poster with the other students
To practice the skill of speaking and writing
4 Summary
(1’)
Sum up the key structure could must mustn’t can can’t
Students conclude the usage of the key structure
Let the students internalize the grammar they’ve learned in this module
5 Homework（1’）
1 Remember all the new words and useful expressions of this module
2 Finish the exercise on the workbook
3 Try to finish the poster and have a competition in class
板书设计
Module12 Help
Unit 3 Language in use
That could be harmful
Betty you must know
Stay away from windows and heavy furniture
Do not stand near street lights or under power lines
达标训练题
选择正确答案：
( ) 1 Here ________ three apples for you
A is B are C be D was
( ) 2 It’s important to warn people ________ in the hospital
A to smoke B not to smoke C smoking D not smoking
( ) 3 — Is that Ms James
—No it _________ be her She is in Guangzhou now
A can B must C can’t D mustn’t
( ) 4 — Who’s knocking at the door
— It ________ be Lingling I ask her to come
A can B must C can’t D mustn’t
( ) 5 Don’t stay inside It________ be harmful
A can’t B mustn’t C could D should
二短文填空：
Have you heard of the earthquake of the Indian Ocean that happened 1__________ the last Sunday of 2004 About 300000 people lost their lives in the2__________ Do you know 3 _______ to do in an earthquake Let me tell you
During a quake if you are in a room you must get into the open air and stay away 4_________ buildings trees and 5 _________ dangerous things You mustn’t stay in doorway or in a corner If you drive a car a truck or a bus you must drive it to the side of the road and stop
After a quake you must check everyone in your family for safety 6__________and see if gas water and electrical lines 7___________OK Please don’t use any electrical machines for there may 8____________ something wrong 9___________ the lines
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
